mdiff: add a --ignore-space-at-eol option

Add an option that only ignores whitespaces at EOL. The name of the option is
the same as Git.

.. feature::

   Added `--ignore-space-at-eol` diff option to ignore whitespace differences
   at line endings.

Differential Revision: https://phab.mercurial-scm.org/D422

mercurial/cmdutil.py

@@ -1,3867 +1,3869 b''
 # cmdutil.py - help for command processing in mercurial
 #
 # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <[e-mail]>
 #
 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
 
 from __future__ import absolute_import
 
 import errno
 import itertools
 import os
 import re
 import tempfile
 
 from .i18n import _
 from .node import (
     hex,
     nullid,
     nullrev,
     short,
 )
 
 from . import (
     bookmarks,
     changelog,
     copies,
     crecord as crecordmod,
     dirstateguard,
     encoding,
     error,
     formatter,
     graphmod,
     match as matchmod,
     obsolete,
     patch,
     pathutil,
     phases,
     pycompat,
     registrar,
     revlog,
     revset,
     scmutil,
     smartset,
     templatekw,
     templater,
     util,
     vfs as vfsmod,
 )
 stringio = util.stringio
 
 # templates of common command options
 
 dryrunopts = [
     ('n', 'dry-run', None,
      _('do not perform actions, just print output')),
 ]
 
 remoteopts = [
     ('e', 'ssh', '',
      _('specify ssh command to use'), _('CMD')),
     ('', 'remotecmd', '',
      _('specify hg command to run on the remote side'), _('CMD')),
     ('', 'insecure', None,
      _('do not verify server certificate (ignoring web.cacerts config)')),
 ]
 
 walkopts = [
     ('I', 'include', [],
      _('include names matching the given patterns'), _('PATTERN')),
     ('X', 'exclude', [],
      _('exclude names matching the given patterns'), _('PATTERN')),
 ]
 
 commitopts = [
     ('m', 'message', '',
      _('use text as commit message'), _('TEXT')),
     ('l', 'logfile', '',
      _('read commit message from file'), _('FILE')),
 ]
 
 commitopts2 = [
     ('d', 'date', '',
      _('record the specified date as commit date'), _('DATE')),
     ('u', 'user', '',
      _('record the specified user as committer'), _('USER')),
 ]
 
 # hidden for now
 formatteropts = [
     ('T', 'template', '',
      _('display with template (EXPERIMENTAL)'), _('TEMPLATE')),
 ]
 
 templateopts = [
     ('', 'style', '',
      _('display using template map file (DEPRECATED)'), _('STYLE')),
     ('T', 'template', '',
      _('display with template'), _('TEMPLATE')),
 ]
 
 logopts = [
     ('p', 'patch', None, _('show patch')),
     ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')),
     ('l', 'limit', '',
      _('limit number of changes displayed'), _('NUM')),
     ('M', 'no-merges', None, _('do not show merges')),
     ('', 'stat', None, _('output diffstat-style summary of changes')),
     ('G', 'graph', None, _("show the revision DAG")),
 ] + templateopts
 
 diffopts = [
     ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')),
     ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')),
     ('', 'binary', None, _('generate binary diffs in git mode (default)')),
     ('', 'nodates', None, _('omit dates from diff headers'))
 ]
 
 diffwsopts = [
     ('w', 'ignore-all-space', None,
      _('ignore white space when comparing lines')),
     ('b', 'ignore-space-change', None,
      _('ignore changes in the amount of white space')),
     ('B', 'ignore-blank-lines', None,
      _('ignore changes whose lines are all blank')),
+    ('Z', 'ignore-space-at-eol', None,
+     _('ignore changes in whitespace at EOL')),
 ]
 
 diffopts2 = [
     ('', 'noprefix', None, _('omit a/ and b/ prefixes from filenames')),
     ('p', 'show-function', None, _('show which function each change is in')),
     ('', 'reverse', None, _('produce a diff that undoes the changes')),
 ] + diffwsopts + [
     ('U', 'unified', '',
      _('number of lines of context to show'), _('NUM')),
     ('', 'stat', None, _('output diffstat-style summary of changes')),
     ('', 'root', '', _('produce diffs relative to subdirectory'), _('DIR')),
 ]
 
 mergetoolopts = [
     ('t', 'tool', '', _('specify merge tool')),
 ]
 
 similarityopts = [
     ('s', 'similarity', '',
      _('guess renamed files by similarity (0<=s<=100)'), _('SIMILARITY'))
 ]
 
 subrepoopts = [
     ('S', 'subrepos', None,
      _('recurse into subrepositories'))
 ]
 
 debugrevlogopts = [
     ('c', 'changelog', False, _('open changelog')),
     ('m', 'manifest', False, _('open manifest')),
     ('', 'dir', '', _('open directory manifest')),
 ]
 
 # special string such that everything below this line will be ingored in the
 # editor text
 _linebelow = "^HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------$"
 
 def ishunk(x):
     hunkclasses = (crecordmod.uihunk, patch.recordhunk)
     return isinstance(x, hunkclasses)
 
 def newandmodified(chunks, originalchunks):
     newlyaddedandmodifiedfiles = set()
     for chunk in chunks:
         if ishunk(chunk) and chunk.header.isnewfile() and chunk not in \
             originalchunks:
             newlyaddedandmodifiedfiles.add(chunk.header.filename())
     return newlyaddedandmodifiedfiles
 
 def parsealiases(cmd):
     return cmd.lstrip("^").split("|")
 
 def setupwrapcolorwrite(ui):
     # wrap ui.write so diff output can be labeled/colorized
     def wrapwrite(orig, *args, **kw):
         label = kw.pop('label', '')
         for chunk, l in patch.difflabel(lambda: args):
             orig(chunk, label=label + l)
 
     oldwrite = ui.write
     def wrap(*args, **kwargs):
         return wrapwrite(oldwrite, *args, **kwargs)
     setattr(ui, 'write', wrap)
     return oldwrite
 
 def filterchunks(ui, originalhunks, usecurses, testfile, operation=None):
     if usecurses:
         if testfile:
             recordfn = crecordmod.testdecorator(testfile,
                                                 crecordmod.testchunkselector)
         else:
             recordfn = crecordmod.chunkselector
 
         return crecordmod.filterpatch(ui, originalhunks, recordfn, operation)
 
     else:
         return patch.filterpatch(ui, originalhunks, operation)
 
 def recordfilter(ui, originalhunks, operation=None):
     """ Prompts the user to filter the originalhunks and return a list of
     selected hunks.
     *operation* is used for to build ui messages to indicate the user what
     kind of filtering they are doing: reverting, committing, shelving, etc.
     (see patch.filterpatch).
     """
     usecurses = crecordmod.checkcurses(ui)
     testfile = ui.config('experimental', 'crecordtest')
     oldwrite = setupwrapcolorwrite(ui)
     try:
         newchunks, newopts = filterchunks(ui, originalhunks, usecurses,
                                           testfile, operation)
     finally:
         ui.write = oldwrite
     return newchunks, newopts
 
 def dorecord(ui, repo, commitfunc, cmdsuggest, backupall,
             filterfn, *pats, **opts):
     from . import merge as mergemod
     opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
     if not ui.interactive():
         if cmdsuggest:
             msg = _('running non-interactively, use %s instead') % cmdsuggest
         else:
             msg = _('running non-interactively')
         raise error.Abort(msg)
 
     # make sure username is set before going interactive
     if not opts.get('user'):
         ui.username() # raise exception, username not provided
 
     def recordfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts):
         """This is generic record driver.
 
         Its job is to interactively filter local changes, and
         accordingly prepare working directory into a state in which the
         job can be delegated to a non-interactive commit command such as
         'commit' or 'qrefresh'.
 
         After the actual job is done by non-interactive command, the
         working directory is restored to its original state.
 
         In the end we'll record interesting changes, and everything else
         will be left in place, so the user can continue working.
         """
 
         checkunfinished(repo, commit=True)
         wctx = repo[None]
         merge = len(wctx.parents()) > 1
         if merge:
             raise error.Abort(_('cannot partially commit a merge '
                                '(use "hg commit" instead)'))
 
         def fail(f, msg):
             raise error.Abort('%s: %s' % (f, msg))
 
         force = opts.get('force')
         if not force:
             vdirs = []
             match.explicitdir = vdirs.append
             match.bad = fail
 
         status = repo.status(match=match)
         if not force:
             repo.checkcommitpatterns(wctx, vdirs, match, status, fail)
         diffopts = patch.difffeatureopts(ui, opts=opts, whitespace=True)
         diffopts.nodates = True
         diffopts.git = True
         diffopts.showfunc = True
         originaldiff = patch.diff(repo, changes=status, opts=diffopts)
         originalchunks = patch.parsepatch(originaldiff)
 
         # 1. filter patch, since we are intending to apply subset of it
         try:
             chunks, newopts = filterfn(ui, originalchunks)
         except patch.PatchError as err:
             raise error.Abort(_('error parsing patch: %s') % err)
         opts.update(newopts)
 
         # We need to keep a backup of files that have been newly added and
         # modified during the recording process because there is a previous
         # version without the edit in the workdir
         newlyaddedandmodifiedfiles = newandmodified(chunks, originalchunks)
         contenders = set()
         for h in chunks:
             try:
                 contenders.update(set(h.files()))
             except AttributeError:
                 pass
 
         changed = status.modified + status.added + status.removed
         newfiles = [f for f in changed if f in contenders]
         if not newfiles:
             ui.status(_('no changes to record\n'))
             return 0
 
         modified = set(status.modified)
 
         # 2. backup changed files, so we can restore them in the end
 
         if backupall:
             tobackup = changed
         else:
             tobackup = [f for f in newfiles if f in modified or f in \
                     newlyaddedandmodifiedfiles]
         backups = {}
         if tobackup:
             backupdir = repo.vfs.join('record-backups')
             try:
                 os.mkdir(backupdir)
             except OSError as err:
                 if err.errno != errno.EEXIST:
                     raise
         try:
             # backup continues
             for f in tobackup:
                 fd, tmpname = tempfile.mkstemp(prefix=f.replace('/', '_')+'.',
                                                dir=backupdir)
                 os.close(fd)
                 ui.debug('backup %r as %r\n' % (f, tmpname))
                 util.copyfile(repo.wjoin(f), tmpname, copystat=True)
                 backups[f] = tmpname
 
             fp = stringio()
             for c in chunks:
                 fname = c.filename()
                 if fname in backups:
                     c.write(fp)
             dopatch = fp.tell()
             fp.seek(0)
 
             # 2.5 optionally review / modify patch in text editor
             if opts.get('review', False):
                 patchtext = (crecordmod.diffhelptext
                              + crecordmod.patchhelptext
                              + fp.read())
                 reviewedpatch = ui.edit(patchtext, "",
                                         extra={"suffix": ".diff"},
                                         repopath=repo.path)
                 fp.truncate(0)
                 fp.write(reviewedpatch)
                 fp.seek(0)
 
             [os.unlink(repo.wjoin(c)) for c in newlyaddedandmodifiedfiles]
             # 3a. apply filtered patch to clean repo  (clean)
             if backups:
                 # Equivalent to hg.revert
                 m = scmutil.matchfiles(repo, backups.keys())
                 mergemod.update(repo, repo.dirstate.p1(),
                         False, True, matcher=m)
 
             # 3b. (apply)
             if dopatch:
                 try:
                     ui.debug('applying patch\n')
                     ui.debug(fp.getvalue())
                     patch.internalpatch(ui, repo, fp, 1, eolmode=None)
                 except patch.PatchError as err:
                     raise error.Abort(str(err))
             del fp
 
             # 4. We prepared working directory according to filtered
             #    patch. Now is the time to delegate the job to
             #    commit/qrefresh or the like!
 
             # Make all of the pathnames absolute.
             newfiles = [repo.wjoin(nf) for nf in newfiles]
             return commitfunc(ui, repo, *newfiles, **opts)
         finally:
             # 5. finally restore backed-up files
             try:
                 dirstate = repo.dirstate
                 for realname, tmpname in backups.iteritems():
                     ui.debug('restoring %r to %r\n' % (tmpname, realname))
 
                     if dirstate[realname] == 'n':
                         # without normallookup, restoring timestamp
                         # may cause partially committed files
                         # to be treated as unmodified
                         dirstate.normallookup(realname)
 
                     # copystat=True here and above are a hack to trick any
                     # editors that have f open that we haven't modified them.
                     #
                     # Also note that this racy as an editor could notice the
                     # file's mtime before we've finished writing it.
                     util.copyfile(tmpname, repo.wjoin(realname), copystat=True)
                     os.unlink(tmpname)
                 if tobackup:
                     os.rmdir(backupdir)
             except OSError:
                 pass
 
     def recordinwlock(ui, repo, message, match, opts):
         with repo.wlock():
             return recordfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts)
 
     return commit(ui, repo, recordinwlock, pats, opts)
 
 def tersestatus(root, statlist, status, ignorefn, ignore):
     """
     Returns a list of statuses with directory collapsed if all the files in the
     directory has the same status.
     """
 
     def numfiles(dirname):
         """
         Calculates the number of tracked files in a given directory which also
         includes files which were removed or deleted. Considers ignored files
         if ignore argument is True or 'i' is present in status argument.
         """
         if lencache.get(dirname):
             return lencache[dirname]
         if 'i' in status or ignore:
             def match(localpath):
                 absolutepath = os.path.join(root, localpath)
                 if os.path.isdir(absolutepath) and isemptydir(absolutepath):
                     return True
                 return False
         else:
             def match(localpath):
                 # there can be directory whose all the files are ignored and
                 # hence the drectory should also be ignored while counting
                 # number of files or subdirs in it's parent directory. This
                 # checks the same.
                 # XXX: We need a better logic here.
                 if os.path.isdir(os.path.join(root, localpath)):
                     return isignoreddir(localpath)
                 else:
                     # XXX: there can be files which have the ignored pattern but
                     # are not ignored. That leads to bug in counting number of
                     # tracked files in the directory.
                     return ignorefn(localpath)
         lendir = 0
         abspath = os.path.join(root, dirname)
         # There might be cases when a directory does not exists as the whole
         # directory can be removed and/or deleted.
         try:
             for f in os.listdir(abspath):
                 localpath = os.path.join(dirname, f)
                 if not match(localpath):
                     lendir += 1
         except OSError:
             pass
         lendir += len(absentdir.get(dirname, []))
         lencache[dirname] = lendir
         return lendir
 
     def isemptydir(abspath):
         """
         Check whether a directory is empty or not, i.e. there is no files in the
         directory and all its subdirectories.
         """
         for f in os.listdir(abspath):
             fullpath = os.path.join(abspath, f)
             if os.path.isdir(fullpath):
                 # recursion here
                 ret = isemptydir(fullpath)
                 if not ret:
                     return False
             else:
                 return False
         return True
 
     def isignoreddir(localpath):
         """Return True if `localpath` directory is ignored or contains only
         ignored files and should hence be considered ignored.
         """
         dirpath = os.path.join(root, localpath)
         if ignorefn(dirpath):
             return True
         for f in os.listdir(dirpath):
             filepath = os.path.join(dirpath, f)
             if os.path.isdir(filepath):
                 # recursion here
                 ret = isignoreddir(os.path.join(localpath, f))
                 if not ret:
                     return False
             else:
                 if not ignorefn(os.path.join(localpath, f)):
                     return False
         return True
 
     def absentones(removedfiles, missingfiles):
         """
         Returns a dictionary of directories with files in it which are either
         removed or missing (deleted) in them.
         """
         absentdir = {}
         absentfiles = removedfiles + missingfiles
         while absentfiles:
             f = absentfiles.pop()
             par = os.path.dirname(f)
             if par == '':
                 continue
             # we need to store files rather than number of files as some files
             # or subdirectories in a directory can be counted twice. This is
             # also we have used sets here.
             try:
                 absentdir[par].add(f)
             except KeyError:
                 absentdir[par] = set([f])
             absentfiles.append(par)
         return absentdir
 
     indexes = {'m': 0, 'a': 1, 'r': 2, 'd': 3, 'u': 4, 'i': 5, 'c': 6}
     # get a dictonary of directories and files which are missing as os.listdir()
     # won't be able to list them.
     absentdir = absentones(statlist[2], statlist[3])
     finalrs = [[]] * len(indexes)
     didsomethingchanged = False
     # dictionary to store number of files and subdir in a directory so that we
     # don't compute that again.
     lencache = {}
 
     for st in pycompat.bytestr(status):
 
         try:
             ind = indexes[st]
         except KeyError:
             # TODO: Need a better error message here
             raise error.Abort("'%s' not recognized" % st)
 
         sfiles = statlist[ind]
         if not sfiles:
             continue
         pardict = {}
         for a in sfiles:
             par = os.path.dirname(a)
             pardict.setdefault(par, []).append(a)
 
         rs = []
         newls = []
         for par, files in pardict.iteritems():
             lenpar = numfiles(par)
             if lenpar == len(files):
                 newls.append(par)
 
         if not newls:
             continue
 
         while newls:
             newel = newls.pop()
             if newel == '':
                 continue
             parn = os.path.dirname(newel)
             pardict[newel] = []
             # Adding pycompat.ossep as newel is a directory.
             pardict.setdefault(parn, []).append(newel + pycompat.ossep)
             lenpar = numfiles(parn)
             if lenpar == len(pardict[parn]):
                 newls.append(parn)
 
         # dict.values() for Py3 compatibility
         for files in pardict.values():
             rs.extend(files)
 
         rs.sort()
         finalrs[ind] = rs
         didsomethingchanged = True
 
     # If nothing is changed, make sure the order of files is preserved.
     if not didsomethingchanged:
         return statlist
 
     for x in xrange(len(indexes)):
         if not finalrs[x]:
             finalrs[x] = statlist[x]
 
     return finalrs
 
 def _commentlines(raw):
     '''Surround lineswith a comment char and a new line'''
     lines = raw.splitlines()
     commentedlines = ['# %s' % line for line in lines]
     return '\n'.join(commentedlines) + '\n'
 
 def _conflictsmsg(repo):
     # avoid merge cycle
     from . import merge as mergemod
     mergestate = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo)
     if not mergestate.active():
         return
 
     m = scmutil.match(repo[None])
     unresolvedlist = [f for f in mergestate.unresolved() if m(f)]
     if unresolvedlist:
         mergeliststr = '\n'.join(
             ['    %s' % os.path.relpath(
                 os.path.join(repo.root, path),
                 pycompat.getcwd()) for path in unresolvedlist])
         msg = _('''Unresolved merge conflicts:
 
 %s
 
 To mark files as resolved:  hg resolve --mark FILE''') % mergeliststr
     else:
         msg = _('No unresolved merge conflicts.')
 
     return _commentlines(msg)
 
 def _helpmessage(continuecmd, abortcmd):
     msg = _('To continue:                %s\n'
             'To abort:                   %s') % (continuecmd, abortcmd)
     return _commentlines(msg)
 
 def _rebasemsg():
     return _helpmessage('hg rebase --continue', 'hg rebase --abort')
 
 def _histeditmsg():
     return _helpmessage('hg histedit --continue', 'hg histedit --abort')
 
 def _unshelvemsg():
     return _helpmessage('hg unshelve --continue', 'hg unshelve --abort')
 
 def _updatecleanmsg(dest=None):
     warning = _('warning: this will discard uncommitted changes')
     return 'hg update --clean %s    (%s)' % (dest or '.', warning)
 
 def _graftmsg():
     # tweakdefaults requires `update` to have a rev hence the `.`
     return _helpmessage('hg graft --continue', _updatecleanmsg())
 
 def _mergemsg():
     # tweakdefaults requires `update` to have a rev hence the `.`
      return _helpmessage('hg commit', _updatecleanmsg())
 
 def _bisectmsg():
     msg = _('To mark the changeset good:    hg bisect --good\n'
             'To mark the changeset bad:     hg bisect --bad\n'
             'To abort:                      hg bisect --reset\n')
     return _commentlines(msg)
 
 def fileexistspredicate(filename):
     return lambda repo: repo.vfs.exists(filename)
 
 def _mergepredicate(repo):
     return len(repo[None].parents()) > 1
 
 STATES = (
     # (state, predicate to detect states, helpful message function)
     ('histedit', fileexistspredicate('histedit-state'), _histeditmsg),
     ('bisect', fileexistspredicate('bisect.state'), _bisectmsg),
     ('graft', fileexistspredicate('graftstate'), _graftmsg),
     ('unshelve', fileexistspredicate('unshelverebasestate'), _unshelvemsg),
     ('rebase', fileexistspredicate('rebasestate'), _rebasemsg),
     # The merge state is part of a list that will be iterated over.
     # They need to be last because some of the other unfinished states may also
     # be in a merge or update state (eg. rebase, histedit, graft, etc).
     # We want those to have priority.
     ('merge', _mergepredicate, _mergemsg),
 )
 
 def _getrepostate(repo):
     # experimental config: commands.status.skipstates
     skip = set(repo.ui.configlist('commands', 'status.skipstates'))
     for state, statedetectionpredicate, msgfn in STATES:
         if state in skip:
             continue
         if statedetectionpredicate(repo):
             return (state, statedetectionpredicate, msgfn)
 
 def morestatus(repo, fm):
     statetuple = _getrepostate(repo)
     label = 'status.morestatus'
     if statetuple:
         fm.startitem()
         state, statedetectionpredicate, helpfulmsg = statetuple
         statemsg = _('The repository is in an unfinished *%s* state.') % state
         fm.write('statemsg', '%s\n',  _commentlines(statemsg), label=label)
         conmsg = _conflictsmsg(repo)
         if conmsg:
             fm.write('conflictsmsg', '%s\n', conmsg, label=label)
         if helpfulmsg:
             helpmsg = helpfulmsg()
             fm.write('helpmsg', '%s\n', helpmsg, label=label)
 
 def findpossible(cmd, table, strict=False):
     """
     Return cmd -> (aliases, command table entry)
     for each matching command.
     Return debug commands (or their aliases) only if no normal command matches.
     """
     choice = {}
     debugchoice = {}
 
     if cmd in table:
         # short-circuit exact matches, "log" alias beats "^log|history"
         keys = [cmd]
     else:
         keys = table.keys()
 
     allcmds = []
     for e in keys:
         aliases = parsealiases(e)
         allcmds.extend(aliases)
         found = None
         if cmd in aliases:
             found = cmd
         elif not strict:
             for a in aliases:
                 if a.startswith(cmd):
                     found = a
                     break
         if found is not None:
             if aliases[0].startswith("debug") or found.startswith("debug"):
                 debugchoice[found] = (aliases, table[e])
             else:
                 choice[found] = (aliases, table[e])
 
     if not choice and debugchoice:
         choice = debugchoice
 
     return choice, allcmds
 
 def findcmd(cmd, table, strict=True):
     """Return (aliases, command table entry) for command string."""
     choice, allcmds = findpossible(cmd, table, strict)
 
     if cmd in choice:
         return choice[cmd]
 
     if len(choice) > 1:
         clist = sorted(choice)
         raise error.AmbiguousCommand(cmd, clist)
 
     if choice:
         return list(choice.values())[0]
 
     raise error.UnknownCommand(cmd, allcmds)
 
 def findrepo(p):
     while not os.path.isdir(os.path.join(p, ".hg")):
         oldp, p = p, os.path.dirname(p)
         if p == oldp:
             return None
 
     return p
 
 def bailifchanged(repo, merge=True, hint=None):
     """ enforce the precondition that working directory must be clean.
 
     'merge' can be set to false if a pending uncommitted merge should be
     ignored (such as when 'update --check' runs).
 
     'hint' is the usual hint given to Abort exception.
     """
 
     if merge and repo.dirstate.p2() != nullid:
         raise error.Abort(_('outstanding uncommitted merge'), hint=hint)
     modified, added, removed, deleted = repo.status()[:4]
     if modified or added or removed or deleted:
         raise error.Abort(_('uncommitted changes'), hint=hint)
     ctx = repo[None]
     for s in sorted(ctx.substate):
         ctx.sub(s).bailifchanged(hint=hint)
 
 def logmessage(ui, opts):
     """ get the log message according to -m and -l option """
     message = opts.get('message')
     logfile = opts.get('logfile')
 
     if message and logfile:
         raise error.Abort(_('options --message and --logfile are mutually '
                            'exclusive'))
     if not message and logfile:
         try:
             if isstdiofilename(logfile):
                 message = ui.fin.read()
             else:
                 message = '\n'.join(util.readfile(logfile).splitlines())
         except IOError as inst:
             raise error.Abort(_("can't read commit message '%s': %s") %
                              (logfile, inst.strerror))
     return message
 
 def mergeeditform(ctxorbool, baseformname):
     """return appropriate editform name (referencing a committemplate)
 
     'ctxorbool' is either a ctx to be committed, or a bool indicating whether
     merging is committed.
 
     This returns baseformname with '.merge' appended if it is a merge,
     otherwise '.normal' is appended.
     """
     if isinstance(ctxorbool, bool):
         if ctxorbool:
             return baseformname + ".merge"
     elif 1 < len(ctxorbool.parents()):
         return baseformname + ".merge"
 
     return baseformname + ".normal"
 
 def getcommiteditor(edit=False, finishdesc=None, extramsg=None,
                     editform='', **opts):
     """get appropriate commit message editor according to '--edit' option
 
     'finishdesc' is a function to be called with edited commit message
     (= 'description' of the new changeset) just after editing, but
     before checking empty-ness. It should return actual text to be
     stored into history. This allows to change description before
     storing.
 
     'extramsg' is a extra message to be shown in the editor instead of
     'Leave message empty to abort commit' line. 'HG: ' prefix and EOL
     is automatically added.
 
     'editform' is a dot-separated list of names, to distinguish
     the purpose of commit text editing.
 
     'getcommiteditor' returns 'commitforceeditor' regardless of
     'edit', if one of 'finishdesc' or 'extramsg' is specified, because
     they are specific for usage in MQ.
     """
     if edit or finishdesc or extramsg:
         return lambda r, c, s: commitforceeditor(r, c, s,
                                                  finishdesc=finishdesc,
                                                  extramsg=extramsg,
                                                  editform=editform)
     elif editform:
         return lambda r, c, s: commiteditor(r, c, s, editform=editform)
     else:
         return commiteditor
 
 def loglimit(opts):
     """get the log limit according to option -l/--limit"""
     limit = opts.get('limit')
     if limit:
         try:
             limit = int(limit)
         except ValueError:
             raise error.Abort(_('limit must be a positive integer'))
         if limit <= 0:
             raise error.Abort(_('limit must be positive'))
     else:
         limit = None
     return limit
 
 def makefilename(repo, pat, node, desc=None,
                   total=None, seqno=None, revwidth=None, pathname=None):
     node_expander = {
         'H': lambda: hex(node),
         'R': lambda: str(repo.changelog.rev(node)),
         'h': lambda: short(node),
         'm': lambda: re.sub('[^\w]', '_', str(desc))
         }
     expander = {
         '%': lambda: '%',
         'b': lambda: os.path.basename(repo.root),
         }
 
     try:
         if node:
             expander.update(node_expander)
         if node:
             expander['r'] = (lambda:
                     str(repo.changelog.rev(node)).zfill(revwidth or 0))
         if total is not None:
             expander['N'] = lambda: str(total)
         if seqno is not None:
             expander['n'] = lambda: str(seqno)
         if total is not None and seqno is not None:
             expander['n'] = lambda: str(seqno).zfill(len(str(total)))
         if pathname is not None:
             expander['s'] = lambda: os.path.basename(pathname)
             expander['d'] = lambda: os.path.dirname(pathname) or '.'
             expander['p'] = lambda: pathname
 
         newname = []
         patlen = len(pat)
         i = 0
         while i < patlen:
             c = pat[i:i + 1]
             if c == '%':
                 i += 1
                 c = pat[i:i + 1]
                 c = expander[c]()
             newname.append(c)
             i += 1
         return ''.join(newname)
     except KeyError as inst:
         raise error.Abort(_("invalid format spec '%%%s' in output filename") %
                          inst.args[0])
 
 def isstdiofilename(pat):
     """True if the given pat looks like a filename denoting stdin/stdout"""
     return not pat or pat == '-'
 
 class _unclosablefile(object):
     def __init__(self, fp):
         self._fp = fp
 
     def close(self):
         pass
 
     def __iter__(self):
         return iter(self._fp)
 
     def __getattr__(self, attr):
         return getattr(self._fp, attr)
 
     def __enter__(self):
         return self
 
     def __exit__(self, exc_type, exc_value, exc_tb):
         pass
 
 def makefileobj(repo, pat, node=None, desc=None, total=None,
                 seqno=None, revwidth=None, mode='wb', modemap=None,
                 pathname=None):
 
     writable = mode not in ('r', 'rb')
 
     if isstdiofilename(pat):
         if writable:
             fp = repo.ui.fout
         else:
             fp = repo.ui.fin
         return _unclosablefile(fp)
     fn = makefilename(repo, pat, node, desc, total, seqno, revwidth, pathname)
     if modemap is not None:
         mode = modemap.get(fn, mode)
         if mode == 'wb':
             modemap[fn] = 'ab'
     return open(fn, mode)
 
 def openrevlog(repo, cmd, file_, opts):
     """opens the changelog, manifest, a filelog or a given revlog"""
     cl = opts['changelog']
     mf = opts['manifest']
     dir = opts['dir']
     msg = None
     if cl and mf:
         msg = _('cannot specify --changelog and --manifest at the same time')
     elif cl and dir:
         msg = _('cannot specify --changelog and --dir at the same time')
     elif cl or mf or dir:
         if file_:
             msg = _('cannot specify filename with --changelog or --manifest')
         elif not repo:
             msg = _('cannot specify --changelog or --manifest or --dir '
                     'without a repository')
     if msg:
         raise error.Abort(msg)
 
     r = None
     if repo:
         if cl:
             r = repo.unfiltered().changelog
         elif dir:
             if 'treemanifest' not in repo.requirements:
                 raise error.Abort(_("--dir can only be used on repos with "
                                    "treemanifest enabled"))
             dirlog = repo.manifestlog._revlog.dirlog(dir)
             if len(dirlog):
                 r = dirlog
         elif mf:
             r = repo.manifestlog._revlog
         elif file_:
             filelog = repo.file(file_)
             if len(filelog):
                 r = filelog
     if not r:
         if not file_:
             raise error.CommandError(cmd, _('invalid arguments'))
         if not os.path.isfile(file_):
             raise error.Abort(_("revlog '%s' not found") % file_)
         r = revlog.revlog(vfsmod.vfs(pycompat.getcwd(), audit=False),
                           file_[:-2] + ".i")
     return r
 
 def copy(ui, repo, pats, opts, rename=False):
     # called with the repo lock held
     #
     # hgsep => pathname that uses "/" to separate directories
     # ossep => pathname that uses os.sep to separate directories
     cwd = repo.getcwd()
     targets = {}
     after = opts.get("after")
     dryrun = opts.get("dry_run")
     wctx = repo[None]
 
     def walkpat(pat):
         srcs = []
         if after:
             badstates = '?'
         else:
             badstates = '?r'
         m = scmutil.match(wctx, [pat], opts, globbed=True)
         for abs in wctx.walk(m):
             state = repo.dirstate[abs]
             rel = m.rel(abs)
             exact = m.exact(abs)
             if state in badstates:
                 if exact and state == '?':
                     ui.warn(_('%s: not copying - file is not managed\n') % rel)
                 if exact and state == 'r':
                     ui.warn(_('%s: not copying - file has been marked for'
                               ' remove\n') % rel)
                 continue
             # abs: hgsep
             # rel: ossep
             srcs.append((abs, rel, exact))
         return srcs
 
     # abssrc: hgsep
     # relsrc: ossep
     # otarget: ossep
     def copyfile(abssrc, relsrc, otarget, exact):
         abstarget = pathutil.canonpath(repo.root, cwd, otarget)
         if '/' in abstarget:
             # We cannot normalize abstarget itself, this would prevent
             # case only renames, like a => A.
             abspath, absname = abstarget.rsplit('/', 1)
             abstarget = repo.dirstate.normalize(abspath) + '/' + absname
         reltarget = repo.pathto(abstarget, cwd)
         target = repo.wjoin(abstarget)
         src = repo.wjoin(abssrc)
         state = repo.dirstate[abstarget]
 
         scmutil.checkportable(ui, abstarget)
 
         # check for collisions
         prevsrc = targets.get(abstarget)
         if prevsrc is not None:
             ui.warn(_('%s: not overwriting - %s collides with %s\n') %
                     (reltarget, repo.pathto(abssrc, cwd),
                      repo.pathto(prevsrc, cwd)))
             return
 
         # check for overwrites
         exists = os.path.lexists(target)
         samefile = False
         if exists and abssrc != abstarget:
             if (repo.dirstate.normalize(abssrc) ==
                 repo.dirstate.normalize(abstarget)):
                 if not rename:
                     ui.warn(_("%s: can't copy - same file\n") % reltarget)
                     return
                 exists = False
                 samefile = True
 
         if not after and exists or after and state in 'mn':
             if not opts['force']:
                 if state in 'mn':
                     msg = _('%s: not overwriting - file already committed\n')
                     if after:
                         flags = '--after --force'
                     else:
                         flags = '--force'
                     if rename:
                         hint = _('(hg rename %s to replace the file by '
                                  'recording a rename)\n') % flags
                     else:
                         hint = _('(hg copy %s to replace the file by '
                                  'recording a copy)\n') % flags
                 else:
                     msg = _('%s: not overwriting - file exists\n')
                     if rename:
                         hint = _('(hg rename --after to record the rename)\n')
                     else:
                         hint = _('(hg copy --after to record the copy)\n')
                 ui.warn(msg % reltarget)
                 ui.warn(hint)
                 return
 
         if after:
             if not exists:
                 if rename:
                     ui.warn(_('%s: not recording move - %s does not exist\n') %
                             (relsrc, reltarget))
                 else:
                     ui.warn(_('%s: not recording copy - %s does not exist\n') %
                             (relsrc, reltarget))
                 return
         elif not dryrun:
             try:
                 if exists:
                     os.unlink(target)
                 targetdir = os.path.dirname(target) or '.'
                 if not os.path.isdir(targetdir):
                     os.makedirs(targetdir)
                 if samefile:
                     tmp = target + "~hgrename"
                     os.rename(src, tmp)
                     os.rename(tmp, target)
                 else:
                     util.copyfile(src, target)
                 srcexists = True
             except IOError as inst:
                 if inst.errno == errno.ENOENT:
                     ui.warn(_('%s: deleted in working directory\n') % relsrc)
                     srcexists = False
                 else:
                     ui.warn(_('%s: cannot copy - %s\n') %
                             (relsrc, inst.strerror))
                     return True # report a failure
 
         if ui.verbose or not exact:
             if rename:
                 ui.status(_('moving %s to %s\n') % (relsrc, reltarget))
             else:
                 ui.status(_('copying %s to %s\n') % (relsrc, reltarget))
 
         targets[abstarget] = abssrc
 
         # fix up dirstate
         scmutil.dirstatecopy(ui, repo, wctx, abssrc, abstarget,
                              dryrun=dryrun, cwd=cwd)
         if rename and not dryrun:
             if not after and srcexists and not samefile:
                 repo.wvfs.unlinkpath(abssrc)
             wctx.forget([abssrc])
 
     # pat: ossep
     # dest ossep
     # srcs: list of (hgsep, hgsep, ossep, bool)
     # return: function that takes hgsep and returns ossep
     def targetpathfn(pat, dest, srcs):
         if os.path.isdir(pat):
             abspfx = pathutil.canonpath(repo.root, cwd, pat)
             abspfx = util.localpath(abspfx)
             if destdirexists:
                 striplen = len(os.path.split(abspfx)[0])
             else:
                 striplen = len(abspfx)
             if striplen:
                 striplen += len(pycompat.ossep)
             res = lambda p: os.path.join(dest, util.localpath(p)[striplen:])
         elif destdirexists:
             res = lambda p: os.path.join(dest,
                                          os.path.basename(util.localpath(p)))
         else:
             res = lambda p: dest
         return res
 
     # pat: ossep
     # dest ossep
     # srcs: list of (hgsep, hgsep, ossep, bool)
     # return: function that takes hgsep and returns ossep
     def targetpathafterfn(pat, dest, srcs):
         if matchmod.patkind(pat):
             # a mercurial pattern
             res = lambda p: os.path.join(dest,
                                          os.path.basename(util.localpath(p)))
         else:
             abspfx = pathutil.canonpath(repo.root, cwd, pat)
             if len(abspfx) < len(srcs[0][0]):
                 # A directory. Either the target path contains the last
                 # component of the source path or it does not.
                 def evalpath(striplen):
                     score = 0
                     for s in srcs:
                         t = os.path.join(dest, util.localpath(s[0])[striplen:])
                         if os.path.lexists(t):
                             score += 1
                     return score
 
                 abspfx = util.localpath(abspfx)
                 striplen = len(abspfx)
                 if striplen:
                     striplen += len(pycompat.ossep)
                 if os.path.isdir(os.path.join(dest, os.path.split(abspfx)[1])):
                     score = evalpath(striplen)
                     striplen1 = len(os.path.split(abspfx)[0])
                     if striplen1:
                         striplen1 += len(pycompat.ossep)
                     if evalpath(striplen1) > score:
                         striplen = striplen1
                 res = lambda p: os.path.join(dest,
                                              util.localpath(p)[striplen:])
             else:
                 # a file
                 if destdirexists:
                     res = lambda p: os.path.join(dest,
                                         os.path.basename(util.localpath(p)))
                 else:
                     res = lambda p: dest
         return res
 
     pats = scmutil.expandpats(pats)
     if not pats:
         raise error.Abort(_('no source or destination specified'))
     if len(pats) == 1:
         raise error.Abort(_('no destination specified'))
     dest = pats.pop()
     destdirexists = os.path.isdir(dest) and not os.path.islink(dest)
     if not destdirexists:
         if len(pats) > 1 or matchmod.patkind(pats[0]):
             raise error.Abort(_('with multiple sources, destination must be an '
                                'existing directory'))
         if util.endswithsep(dest):
             raise error.Abort(_('destination %s is not a directory') % dest)
 
     tfn = targetpathfn
     if after:
         tfn = targetpathafterfn
     copylist = []
     for pat in pats:
         srcs = walkpat(pat)
         if not srcs:
             continue
         copylist.append((tfn(pat, dest, srcs), srcs))
     if not copylist:
         raise error.Abort(_('no files to copy'))
 
     errors = 0
     for targetpath, srcs in copylist:
         for abssrc, relsrc, exact in srcs:
             if copyfile(abssrc, relsrc, targetpath(abssrc), exact):
                 errors += 1
 
     if errors:
         ui.warn(_('(consider using --after)\n'))
 
     return errors != 0
 
 ## facility to let extension process additional data into an import patch
 # list of identifier to be executed in order
 extrapreimport = []  # run before commit
 extrapostimport = [] # run after commit
 # mapping from identifier to actual import function
 #
 # 'preimport' are run before the commit is made and are provided the following
 # arguments:
 # - repo: the localrepository instance,
 # - patchdata: data extracted from patch header (cf m.patch.patchheadermap),
 # - extra: the future extra dictionary of the changeset, please mutate it,
 # - opts: the import options.
 # XXX ideally, we would just pass an ctx ready to be computed, that would allow
 # mutation of in memory commit and more. Feel free to rework the code to get
 # there.
 extrapreimportmap = {}
 # 'postimport' are run after the commit is made and are provided the following
 # argument:
 # - ctx: the changectx created by import.
 extrapostimportmap = {}
 
 def tryimportone(ui, repo, hunk, parents, opts, msgs, updatefunc):
     """Utility function used by commands.import to import a single patch
 
     This function is explicitly defined here to help the evolve extension to
     wrap this part of the import logic.
 
     The API is currently a bit ugly because it a simple code translation from
     the import command. Feel free to make it better.
 
     :hunk: a patch (as a binary string)
     :parents: nodes that will be parent of the created commit
     :opts: the full dict of option passed to the import command
     :msgs: list to save commit message to.
            (used in case we need to save it when failing)
     :updatefunc: a function that update a repo to a given node
                  updatefunc(<repo>, <node>)
     """
     # avoid cycle context -> subrepo -> cmdutil
     from . import context
     extractdata = patch.extract(ui, hunk)
     tmpname = extractdata.get('filename')
     message = extractdata.get('message')
     user = opts.get('user') or extractdata.get('user')
     date = opts.get('date') or extractdata.get('date')
     branch = extractdata.get('branch')
     nodeid = extractdata.get('nodeid')
     p1 = extractdata.get('p1')
     p2 = extractdata.get('p2')
 
     nocommit = opts.get('no_commit')
     importbranch = opts.get('import_branch')
     update = not opts.get('bypass')
     strip = opts["strip"]
     prefix = opts["prefix"]
     sim = float(opts.get('similarity') or 0)
     if not tmpname:
         return (None, None, False)
 
     rejects = False
 
     try:
         cmdline_message = logmessage(ui, opts)
         if cmdline_message:
             # pickup the cmdline msg
             message = cmdline_message
         elif message:
             # pickup the patch msg
             message = message.strip()
         else:
             # launch the editor
             message = None
         ui.debug('message:\n%s\n' % message)
 
         if len(parents) == 1:
             parents.append(repo[nullid])
         if opts.get('exact'):
             if not nodeid or not p1:
                 raise error.Abort(_('not a Mercurial patch'))
             p1 = repo[p1]
             p2 = repo[p2 or nullid]
         elif p2:
             try:
                 p1 = repo[p1]
                 p2 = repo[p2]
                 # Without any options, consider p2 only if the
                 # patch is being applied on top of the recorded
                 # first parent.
                 if p1 != parents[0]:
                     p1 = parents[0]
                     p2 = repo[nullid]
             except error.RepoError:
                 p1, p2 = parents
             if p2.node() == nullid:
                 ui.warn(_("warning: import the patch as a normal revision\n"
                           "(use --exact to import the patch as a merge)\n"))
         else:
             p1, p2 = parents
 
         n = None
         if update:
             if p1 != parents[0]:
                 updatefunc(repo, p1.node())
             if p2 != parents[1]:
                 repo.setparents(p1.node(), p2.node())
 
             if opts.get('exact') or importbranch:
                 repo.dirstate.setbranch(branch or 'default')
 
             partial = opts.get('partial', False)
             files = set()
             try:
                 patch.patch(ui, repo, tmpname, strip=strip, prefix=prefix,
                             files=files, eolmode=None, similarity=sim / 100.0)
             except patch.PatchError as e:
                 if not partial:
                     raise error.Abort(str(e))
                 if partial:
                     rejects = True
 
             files = list(files)
             if nocommit:
                 if message:
                     msgs.append(message)
             else:
                 if opts.get('exact') or p2:
                     # If you got here, you either use --force and know what
                     # you are doing or used --exact or a merge patch while
                     # being updated to its first parent.
                     m = None
                 else:
                     m = scmutil.matchfiles(repo, files or [])
                 editform = mergeeditform(repo[None], 'import.normal')
                 if opts.get('exact'):
                     editor = None
                 else:
                     editor = getcommiteditor(editform=editform, **opts)
                 extra = {}
                 for idfunc in extrapreimport:
                     extrapreimportmap[idfunc](repo, extractdata, extra, opts)
                 overrides = {}
                 if partial:
                     overrides[('ui', 'allowemptycommit')] = True
                 with repo.ui.configoverride(overrides, 'import'):
                     n = repo.commit(message, user,
                                     date, match=m,
                                     editor=editor, extra=extra)
                     for idfunc in extrapostimport:
                         extrapostimportmap[idfunc](repo[n])
         else:
             if opts.get('exact') or importbranch:
                 branch = branch or 'default'
             else:
                 branch = p1.branch()
             store = patch.filestore()
             try:
                 files = set()
                 try:
                     patch.patchrepo(ui, repo, p1, store, tmpname, strip, prefix,
                                     files, eolmode=None)
                 except patch.PatchError as e:
                     raise error.Abort(str(e))
                 if opts.get('exact'):
                     editor = None
                 else:
                     editor = getcommiteditor(editform='import.bypass')
                 memctx = context.memctx(repo, (p1.node(), p2.node()),
                                             message,
                                             files=files,
                                             filectxfn=store,
                                             user=user,
                                             date=date,
                                             branch=branch,
                                             editor=editor)
                 n = memctx.commit()
             finally:
                 store.close()
         if opts.get('exact') and nocommit:
             # --exact with --no-commit is still useful in that it does merge
             # and branch bits
             ui.warn(_("warning: can't check exact import with --no-commit\n"))
         elif opts.get('exact') and hex(n) != nodeid:
             raise error.Abort(_('patch is damaged or loses information'))
         msg = _('applied to working directory')
         if n:
             # i18n: refers to a short changeset id
             msg = _('created %s') % short(n)
         return (msg, n, rejects)
     finally:
         os.unlink(tmpname)
 
 # facility to let extensions include additional data in an exported patch
 # list of identifiers to be executed in order
 extraexport = []
 # mapping from identifier to actual export function
 # function as to return a string to be added to the header or None
 # it is given two arguments (sequencenumber, changectx)
 extraexportmap = {}
 
 def _exportsingle(repo, ctx, match, switch_parent, rev, seqno, write, diffopts):
     node = scmutil.binnode(ctx)
     parents = [p.node() for p in ctx.parents() if p]
     branch = ctx.branch()
     if switch_parent:
         parents.reverse()
 
     if parents:
         prev = parents[0]
     else:
         prev = nullid
 
     write("# HG changeset patch\n")
     write("# User %s\n" % ctx.user())
     write("# Date %d %d\n" % ctx.date())
     write("#      %s\n" % util.datestr(ctx.date()))
     if branch and branch != 'default':
         write("# Branch %s\n" % branch)
     write("# Node ID %s\n" % hex(node))
     write("# Parent  %s\n" % hex(prev))
     if len(parents) > 1:
         write("# Parent  %s\n" % hex(parents[1]))
 
     for headerid in extraexport:
         header = extraexportmap[headerid](seqno, ctx)
         if header is not None:
             write('# %s\n' % header)
     write(ctx.description().rstrip())
     write("\n\n")
 
     for chunk, label in patch.diffui(repo, prev, node, match, opts=diffopts):
         write(chunk, label=label)
 
 def export(repo, revs, fntemplate='hg-%h.patch', fp=None, switch_parent=False,
            opts=None, match=None):
     '''export changesets as hg patches
 
     Args:
       repo: The repository from which we're exporting revisions.
       revs: A list of revisions to export as revision numbers.
       fntemplate: An optional string to use for generating patch file names.
       fp: An optional file-like object to which patches should be written.
       switch_parent: If True, show diffs against second parent when not nullid.
                      Default is false, which always shows diff against p1.
       opts: diff options to use for generating the patch.
       match: If specified, only export changes to files matching this matcher.
 
     Returns:
       Nothing.
 
     Side Effect:
       "HG Changeset Patch" data is emitted to one of the following
       destinations:
         fp is specified: All revs are written to the specified
                          file-like object.
         fntemplate specified: Each rev is written to a unique file named using
                             the given template.
         Neither fp nor template specified: All revs written to repo.ui.write()
     '''
 
     total = len(revs)
     revwidth = max(len(str(rev)) for rev in revs)
     filemode = {}
 
     write = None
     dest = '<unnamed>'
     if fp:
         dest = getattr(fp, 'name', dest)
         def write(s, **kw):
             fp.write(s)
     elif not fntemplate:
         write = repo.ui.write
 
     for seqno, rev in enumerate(revs, 1):
         ctx = repo[rev]
         fo = None
         if not fp and fntemplate:
             desc_lines = ctx.description().rstrip().split('\n')
             desc = desc_lines[0]    #Commit always has a first line.
             fo = makefileobj(repo, fntemplate, ctx.node(), desc=desc,
                              total=total, seqno=seqno, revwidth=revwidth,
                              mode='wb', modemap=filemode)
             dest = fo.name
             def write(s, **kw):
                 fo.write(s)
         if not dest.startswith('<'):
             repo.ui.note("%s\n" % dest)
         _exportsingle(
             repo, ctx, match, switch_parent, rev, seqno, write, opts)
         if fo is not None:
             fo.close()
 
 def diffordiffstat(ui, repo, diffopts, node1, node2, match,
                    changes=None, stat=False, fp=None, prefix='',
                    root='', listsubrepos=False):
     '''show diff or diffstat.'''
     if fp is None:
         write = ui.write
     else:
         def write(s, **kw):
             fp.write(s)
 
     if root:
         relroot = pathutil.canonpath(repo.root, repo.getcwd(), root)
     else:
         relroot = ''
     if relroot != '':
         # XXX relative roots currently don't work if the root is within a
         # subrepo
         uirelroot = match.uipath(relroot)
         relroot += '/'
         for matchroot in match.files():
             if not matchroot.startswith(relroot):
                 ui.warn(_('warning: %s not inside relative root %s\n') % (
                     match.uipath(matchroot), uirelroot))
 
     if stat:
         diffopts = diffopts.copy(context=0)
         width = 80
         if not ui.plain():
             width = ui.termwidth()
         chunks = patch.diff(repo, node1, node2, match, changes, diffopts,
                             prefix=prefix, relroot=relroot)
         for chunk, label in patch.diffstatui(util.iterlines(chunks),
                                              width=width):
             write(chunk, label=label)
     else:
         for chunk, label in patch.diffui(repo, node1, node2, match,
                                          changes, diffopts, prefix=prefix,
                                          relroot=relroot):
             write(chunk, label=label)
 
     if listsubrepos:
         ctx1 = repo[node1]
         ctx2 = repo[node2]
         for subpath, sub in scmutil.itersubrepos(ctx1, ctx2):
             tempnode2 = node2
             try:
                 if node2 is not None:
                     tempnode2 = ctx2.substate[subpath][1]
             except KeyError:
                 # A subrepo that existed in node1 was deleted between node1 and
                 # node2 (inclusive). Thus, ctx2's substate won't contain that
                 # subpath. The best we can do is to ignore it.
                 tempnode2 = None
             submatch = matchmod.subdirmatcher(subpath, match)
             sub.diff(ui, diffopts, tempnode2, submatch, changes=changes,
                      stat=stat, fp=fp, prefix=prefix)
 
 def _changesetlabels(ctx):
     labels = ['log.changeset', 'changeset.%s' % ctx.phasestr()]
     if ctx.obsolete():
         labels.append('changeset.obsolete')
     if ctx.isunstable():
         labels.append('changeset.unstable')
         for instability in ctx.instabilities():
             labels.append('instability.%s' % instability)
     return ' '.join(labels)
 
 class changeset_printer(object):
     '''show changeset information when templating not requested.'''
 
     def __init__(self, ui, repo, matchfn, diffopts, buffered):
         self.ui = ui
         self.repo = repo
         self.buffered = buffered
         self.matchfn = matchfn
         self.diffopts = diffopts
         self.header = {}
         self.hunk = {}
         self.lastheader = None
         self.footer = None
 
     def flush(self, ctx):
         rev = ctx.rev()
         if rev in self.header:
             h = self.header[rev]
             if h != self.lastheader:
                 self.lastheader = h
                 self.ui.write(h)
             del self.header[rev]
         if rev in self.hunk:
             self.ui.write(self.hunk[rev])
             del self.hunk[rev]
             return 1
         return 0
 
     def close(self):
         if self.footer:
             self.ui.write(self.footer)
 
     def show(self, ctx, copies=None, matchfn=None, **props):
         props = pycompat.byteskwargs(props)
         if self.buffered:
             self.ui.pushbuffer(labeled=True)
             self._show(ctx, copies, matchfn, props)
             self.hunk[ctx.rev()] = self.ui.popbuffer()
         else:
             self._show(ctx, copies, matchfn, props)
 
     def _show(self, ctx, copies, matchfn, props):
         '''show a single changeset or file revision'''
         changenode = ctx.node()
         rev = ctx.rev()
         if self.ui.debugflag:
             hexfunc = hex
         else:
             hexfunc = short
         # as of now, wctx.node() and wctx.rev() return None, but we want to
         # show the same values as {node} and {rev} templatekw
         revnode = (scmutil.intrev(ctx), hexfunc(scmutil.binnode(ctx)))
 
         if self.ui.quiet:
             self.ui.write("%d:%s\n" % revnode, label='log.node')
             return
 
         date = util.datestr(ctx.date())
 
         # i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
         self.ui.write(_("changeset:   %d:%s\n") % revnode,
                       label=_changesetlabels(ctx))
 
         # branches are shown first before any other names due to backwards
         # compatibility
         branch = ctx.branch()
         # don't show the default branch name
         if branch != 'default':
             # i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
             self.ui.write(_("branch:      %s\n") % branch,
                           label='log.branch')
 
         for nsname, ns in self.repo.names.iteritems():
             # branches has special logic already handled above, so here we just
             # skip it
             if nsname == 'branches':
                 continue
             # we will use the templatename as the color name since those two
             # should be the same
             for name in ns.names(self.repo, changenode):
                 self.ui.write(ns.logfmt % name,
                               label='log.%s' % ns.colorname)
         if self.ui.debugflag:
             # i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
             self.ui.write(_("phase:       %s\n") % ctx.phasestr(),
                           label='log.phase')
         for pctx in scmutil.meaningfulparents(self.repo, ctx):
             label = 'log.parent changeset.%s' % pctx.phasestr()
             # i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
             self.ui.write(_("parent:      %d:%s\n")
                           % (pctx.rev(), hexfunc(pctx.node())),
                           label=label)
 
         if self.ui.debugflag and rev is not None:
             mnode = ctx.manifestnode()
             # i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
             self.ui.write(_("manifest:    %d:%s\n") %
                           (self.repo.manifestlog._revlog.rev(mnode),
                            hex(mnode)),
                           label='ui.debug log.manifest')
         # i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
         self.ui.write(_("user:        %s\n") % ctx.user(),
                       label='log.user')
         # i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
         self.ui.write(_("date:        %s\n") % date,
                       label='log.date')
 
         if ctx.isunstable():
             # i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
             instabilities = ctx.instabilities()
             self.ui.write(_("instability: %s\n") % ', '.join(instabilities),
                           label='log.instability')
 
         self._exthook(ctx)
 
         if self.ui.debugflag:
             files = ctx.p1().status(ctx)[:3]
             for key, value in zip([# i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
                                    _("files:"),
                                    # i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
                                    _("files+:"),
                                    # i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
                                    _("files-:")], files):
                 if value:
                     self.ui.write("%-12s %s\n" % (key, " ".join(value)),
                                   label='ui.debug log.files')
         elif ctx.files() and self.ui.verbose:
             # i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
             self.ui.write(_("files:       %s\n") % " ".join(ctx.files()),
                           label='ui.note log.files')
         if copies and self.ui.verbose:
             copies = ['%s (%s)' % c for c in copies]
             # i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
             self.ui.write(_("copies:      %s\n") % ' '.join(copies),
                           label='ui.note log.copies')
 
         extra = ctx.extra()
         if extra and self.ui.debugflag:
             for key, value in sorted(extra.items()):
                 # i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
                 self.ui.write(_("extra:       %s=%s\n")
                               % (key, util.escapestr(value)),
                               label='ui.debug log.extra')
 
         description = ctx.description().strip()
         if description:
             if self.ui.verbose:
                 self.ui.write(_("description:\n"),
                               label='ui.note log.description')
                 self.ui.write(description,
                               label='ui.note log.description')
                 self.ui.write("\n\n")
             else:
                 # i18n: column positioning for "hg log"
                 self.ui.write(_("summary:     %s\n") %
                               description.splitlines()[0],
                               label='log.summary')
         self.ui.write("\n")
 
         self.showpatch(ctx, matchfn)
 
     def _exthook(self, ctx):
         '''empty method used by extension as a hook point
         '''
         pass
 
     def showpatch(self, ctx, matchfn):
         if not matchfn:
             matchfn = self.matchfn
         if matchfn:
             stat = self.diffopts.get('stat')
             diff = self.diffopts.get('patch')
             diffopts = patch.diffallopts(self.ui, self.diffopts)
             node = ctx.node()
             prev = ctx.p1().node()
             if stat:
                 diffordiffstat(self.ui, self.repo, diffopts, prev, node,
                                match=matchfn, stat=True)
             if diff:
                 if stat:
                     self.ui.write("\n")
                 diffordiffstat(self.ui, self.repo, diffopts, prev, node,
                                match=matchfn, stat=False)
             self.ui.write("\n")
 
 class jsonchangeset(changeset_printer):
     '''format changeset information.'''
 
     def __init__(self, ui, repo, matchfn, diffopts, buffered):
         changeset_printer.__init__(self, ui, repo, matchfn, diffopts, buffered)
         self.cache = {}
         self._first = True
 
     def close(self):
         if not self._first:
             self.ui.write("\n]\n")
         else:
             self.ui.write("[]\n")
 
     def _show(self, ctx, copies, matchfn, props):
         '''show a single changeset or file revision'''
         rev = ctx.rev()
         if rev is None:
             jrev = jnode = 'null'
         else:
             jrev = '%d' % rev
             jnode = '"%s"' % hex(ctx.node())
         j = encoding.jsonescape
 
         if self._first:
             self.ui.write("[\n {")
             self._first = False
         else:
             self.ui.write(",\n {")
 
         if self.ui.quiet:
             self.ui.write(('\n  "rev": %s') % jrev)
             self.ui.write((',\n  "node": %s') % jnode)
             self.ui.write('\n }')
             return
 
         self.ui.write(('\n  "rev": %s') % jrev)
         self.ui.write((',\n  "node": %s') % jnode)
         self.ui.write((',\n  "branch": "%s"') % j(ctx.branch()))
         self.ui.write((',\n  "phase": "%s"') % ctx.phasestr())
         self.ui.write((',\n  "user": "%s"') % j(ctx.user()))
         self.ui.write((',\n  "date": [%d, %d]') % ctx.date())
         self.ui.write((',\n  "desc": "%s"') % j(ctx.description()))
 
         self.ui.write((',\n  "bookmarks": [%s]') %
                       ", ".join('"%s"' % j(b) for b in ctx.bookmarks()))
         self.ui.write((',\n  "tags": [%s]') %
                       ", ".join('"%s"' % j(t) for t in ctx.tags()))
         self.ui.write((',\n  "parents": [%s]') %
                       ", ".join('"%s"' % c.hex() for c in ctx.parents()))
 
         if self.ui.debugflag:
             if rev is None:
                 jmanifestnode = 'null'
             else:
                 jmanifestnode = '"%s"' % hex(ctx.manifestnode())
             self.ui.write((',\n  "manifest": %s') % jmanifestnode)
 
             self.ui.write((',\n  "extra": {%s}') %
                           ", ".join('"%s": "%s"' % (j(k), j(v))
                                     for k, v in ctx.extra().items()))
 
             files = ctx.p1().status(ctx)
             self.ui.write((',\n  "modified": [%s]') %
                           ", ".join('"%s"' % j(f) for f in files[0]))
             self.ui.write((',\n  "added": [%s]') %
                           ", ".join('"%s"' % j(f) for f in files[1]))
             self.ui.write((',\n  "removed": [%s]') %
                           ", ".join('"%s"' % j(f) for f in files[2]))
 
         elif self.ui.verbose:
             self.ui.write((',\n  "files": [%s]') %
                           ", ".join('"%s"' % j(f) for f in ctx.files()))
 
             if copies:
                 self.ui.write((',\n  "copies": {%s}') %
                               ", ".join('"%s": "%s"' % (j(k), j(v))
                                                         for k, v in copies))
 
         matchfn = self.matchfn
         if matchfn:
             stat = self.diffopts.get('stat')
             diff = self.diffopts.get('patch')
             diffopts = patch.difffeatureopts(self.ui, self.diffopts, git=True)
             node, prev = ctx.node(), ctx.p1().node()
             if stat:
                 self.ui.pushbuffer()
                 diffordiffstat(self.ui, self.repo, diffopts, prev, node,
                                match=matchfn, stat=True)
                 self.ui.write((',\n  "diffstat": "%s"')
                               % j(self.ui.popbuffer()))
             if diff:
                 self.ui.pushbuffer()
                 diffordiffstat(self.ui, self.repo, diffopts, prev, node,
                                match=matchfn, stat=False)
                 self.ui.write((',\n  "diff": "%s"') % j(self.ui.popbuffer()))
 
         self.ui.write("\n }")
 
 class changeset_templater(changeset_printer):
     '''format changeset information.'''
 
     # Arguments before "buffered" used to be positional. Consider not
     # adding/removing arguments before "buffered" to not break callers.
     def __init__(self, ui, repo, tmplspec, matchfn=None, diffopts=None,
                  buffered=False):
         diffopts = diffopts or {}
 
         changeset_printer.__init__(self, ui, repo, matchfn, diffopts, buffered)
         self.t = formatter.loadtemplater(ui, tmplspec,
                                          cache=templatekw.defaulttempl)
         self._counter = itertools.count()
         self.cache = {}
 
         self._tref = tmplspec.ref
         self._parts = {'header': '', 'footer': '',
                        tmplspec.ref: tmplspec.ref,
                        'docheader': '', 'docfooter': '',
                        'separator': ''}
         if tmplspec.mapfile:
             # find correct templates for current mode, for backward
             # compatibility with 'log -v/-q/--debug' using a mapfile
             tmplmodes = [
                 (True, ''),
                 (self.ui.verbose, '_verbose'),
                 (self.ui.quiet, '_quiet'),
                 (self.ui.debugflag, '_debug'),
             ]
             for mode, postfix in tmplmodes:
                 for t in self._parts:
                     cur = t + postfix
                     if mode and cur in self.t:
                         self._parts[t] = cur
         else:
             partnames = [p for p in self._parts.keys() if p != tmplspec.ref]
             m = formatter.templatepartsmap(tmplspec, self.t, partnames)
             self._parts.update(m)
 
         if self._parts['docheader']:
             self.ui.write(templater.stringify(self.t(self._parts['docheader'])))
 
     def close(self):
         if self._parts['docfooter']:
             if not self.footer:
                 self.footer = ""
             self.footer += templater.stringify(self.t(self._parts['docfooter']))
         return super(changeset_templater, self).close()
 
     def _show(self, ctx, copies, matchfn, props):
         '''show a single changeset or file revision'''
         props = props.copy()
         props.update(templatekw.keywords)
         props['templ'] = self.t
         props['ctx'] = ctx
         props['repo'] = self.repo
         props['ui'] = self.repo.ui
         props['index'] = index = next(self._counter)
         props['revcache'] = {'copies': copies}
         props['cache'] = self.cache
         props = pycompat.strkwargs(props)
 
         # write separator, which wouldn't work well with the header part below
         # since there's inherently a conflict between header (across items) and
         # separator (per item)
         if self._parts['separator'] and index > 0:
             self.ui.write(templater.stringify(self.t(self._parts['separator'])))
 
         # write header
         if self._parts['header']:
             h = templater.stringify(self.t(self._parts['header'], **props))
             if self.buffered:
                 self.header[ctx.rev()] = h
             else:
                 if self.lastheader != h:
                     self.lastheader = h
                     self.ui.write(h)
 
         # write changeset metadata, then patch if requested
         key = self._parts[self._tref]
         self.ui.write(templater.stringify(self.t(key, **props)))
         self.showpatch(ctx, matchfn)
 
         if self._parts['footer']:
             if not self.footer:
                 self.footer = templater.stringify(
                     self.t(self._parts['footer'], **props))
 
 def logtemplatespec(tmpl, mapfile):
     if mapfile:
         return formatter.templatespec('changeset', tmpl, mapfile)
     else:
         return formatter.templatespec('', tmpl, None)
 
 def _lookuplogtemplate(ui, tmpl, style):
     """Find the template matching the given template spec or style
 
     See formatter.lookuptemplate() for details.
     """
 
     # ui settings
     if not tmpl and not style: # template are stronger than style
         tmpl = ui.config('ui', 'logtemplate')
         if tmpl:
             return logtemplatespec(templater.unquotestring(tmpl), None)
         else:
             style = util.expandpath(ui.config('ui', 'style'))
 
     if not tmpl and style:
         mapfile = style
         if not os.path.split(mapfile)[0]:
             mapname = (templater.templatepath('map-cmdline.' + mapfile)
                        or templater.templatepath(mapfile))
             if mapname:
                 mapfile = mapname
         return logtemplatespec(None, mapfile)
 
     if not tmpl:
         return logtemplatespec(None, None)
 
     return formatter.lookuptemplate(ui, 'changeset', tmpl)
 
 def makelogtemplater(ui, repo, tmpl, buffered=False):
     """Create a changeset_templater from a literal template 'tmpl'"""
     spec = logtemplatespec(tmpl, None)
     return changeset_templater(ui, repo, spec, buffered=buffered)
 
 def show_changeset(ui, repo, opts, buffered=False):
     """show one changeset using template or regular display.
 
     Display format will be the first non-empty hit of:
     1. option 'template'
     2. option 'style'
     3. [ui] setting 'logtemplate'
     4. [ui] setting 'style'
     If all of these values are either the unset or the empty string,
     regular display via changeset_printer() is done.
     """
     # options
     matchfn = None
     if opts.get('patch') or opts.get('stat'):
         matchfn = scmutil.matchall(repo)
 
     if opts.get('template') == 'json':
         return jsonchangeset(ui, repo, matchfn, opts, buffered)
 
     spec = _lookuplogtemplate(ui, opts.get('template'), opts.get('style'))
 
     if not spec.ref and not spec.tmpl and not spec.mapfile:
         return changeset_printer(ui, repo, matchfn, opts, buffered)
 
     return changeset_templater(ui, repo, spec, matchfn, opts, buffered)
 
 def showmarker(fm, marker, index=None):
     """utility function to display obsolescence marker in a readable way
 
     To be used by debug function."""
     if index is not None:
         fm.write('index', '%i ', index)
     fm.write('prednode', '%s ', hex(marker.prednode()))
     succs = marker.succnodes()
     fm.condwrite(succs, 'succnodes', '%s ',
                  fm.formatlist(map(hex, succs), name='node'))
     fm.write('flag', '%X ', marker.flags())
     parents = marker.parentnodes()
     if parents is not None:
         fm.write('parentnodes', '{%s} ',
                  fm.formatlist(map(hex, parents), name='node', sep=', '))
     fm.write('date', '(%s) ', fm.formatdate(marker.date()))
     meta = marker.metadata().copy()
     meta.pop('date', None)
     fm.write('metadata', '{%s}', fm.formatdict(meta, fmt='%r: %r', sep=', '))
     fm.plain('\n')
 
 def finddate(ui, repo, date):
     """Find the tipmost changeset that matches the given date spec"""
 
     df = util.matchdate(date)
     m = scmutil.matchall(repo)
     results = {}
 
     def prep(ctx, fns):
         d = ctx.date()
         if df(d[0]):
             results[ctx.rev()] = d
 
     for ctx in walkchangerevs(repo, m, {'rev': None}, prep):
         rev = ctx.rev()
         if rev in results:
             ui.status(_("found revision %s from %s\n") %
                       (rev, util.datestr(results[rev])))
             return '%d' % rev
 
     raise error.Abort(_("revision matching date not found"))
 
 def increasingwindows(windowsize=8, sizelimit=512):
     while True:
         yield windowsize
         if windowsize < sizelimit:
             windowsize *= 2
 
 class FileWalkError(Exception):
     pass
 
 def walkfilerevs(repo, match, follow, revs, fncache):
     '''Walks the file history for the matched files.
 
     Returns the changeset revs that are involved in the file history.
 
     Throws FileWalkError if the file history can't be walked using
     filelogs alone.
     '''
     wanted = set()
     copies = []
     minrev, maxrev = min(revs), max(revs)
     def filerevgen(filelog, last):
         """
         Only files, no patterns.  Check the history of each file.
 
         Examines filelog entries within minrev, maxrev linkrev range
         Returns an iterator yielding (linkrev, parentlinkrevs, copied)
         tuples in backwards order
         """
         cl_count = len(repo)
         revs = []
         for j in xrange(0, last + 1):
             linkrev = filelog.linkrev(j)
             if linkrev < minrev:
                 continue
             # only yield rev for which we have the changelog, it can
             # happen while doing "hg log" during a pull or commit
             if linkrev >= cl_count:
                 break
 
             parentlinkrevs = []
             for p in filelog.parentrevs(j):
                 if p != nullrev:
                     parentlinkrevs.append(filelog.linkrev(p))
             n = filelog.node(j)
             revs.append((linkrev, parentlinkrevs,
                          follow and filelog.renamed(n)))
 
         return reversed(revs)
     def iterfiles():
         pctx = repo['.']
         for filename in match.files():
             if follow:
                 if filename not in pctx:
                     raise error.Abort(_('cannot follow file not in parent '
                                        'revision: "%s"') % filename)
                 yield filename, pctx[filename].filenode()
             else:
                 yield filename, None
         for filename_node in copies:
             yield filename_node
 
     for file_, node in iterfiles():
         filelog = repo.file(file_)
         if not len(filelog):
             if node is None:
                 # A zero count may be a directory or deleted file, so
                 # try to find matching entries on the slow path.
                 if follow:
                     raise error.Abort(
                         _('cannot follow nonexistent file: "%s"') % file_)
                 raise FileWalkError("Cannot walk via filelog")
             else:
                 continue
 
         if node is None:
             last = len(filelog) - 1
         else:
             last = filelog.rev(node)
 
         # keep track of all ancestors of the file
         ancestors = {filelog.linkrev(last)}
 
         # iterate from latest to oldest revision
         for rev, flparentlinkrevs, copied in filerevgen(filelog, last):
             if not follow:
                 if rev > maxrev:
                     continue
             else:
                 # Note that last might not be the first interesting
                 # rev to us:
                 # if the file has been changed after maxrev, we'll
                 # have linkrev(last) > maxrev, and we still need
                 # to explore the file graph
                 if rev not in ancestors:
                     continue
                 # XXX insert 1327 fix here
                 if flparentlinkrevs:
                     ancestors.update(flparentlinkrevs)
 
             fncache.setdefault(rev, []).append(file_)
             wanted.add(rev)
             if copied:
                 copies.append(copied)
 
     return wanted
 
 class _followfilter(object):
     def __init__(self, repo, onlyfirst=False):
         self.repo = repo
         self.startrev = nullrev
         self.roots = set()
         self.onlyfirst = onlyfirst
 
     def match(self, rev):
         def realparents(rev):
             if self.onlyfirst:
                 return self.repo.changelog.parentrevs(rev)[0:1]
             else:
                 return filter(lambda x: x != nullrev,
                               self.repo.changelog.parentrevs(rev))
 
         if self.startrev == nullrev:
             self.startrev = rev
             return True
 
         if rev > self.startrev:
             # forward: all descendants
             if not self.roots:
                 self.roots.add(self.startrev)
             for parent in realparents(rev):
                 if parent in self.roots:
                     self.roots.add(rev)
                     return True
         else:
             # backwards: all parents
             if not self.roots:
                 self.roots.update(realparents(self.startrev))
             if rev in self.roots:
                 self.roots.remove(rev)
                 self.roots.update(realparents(rev))
                 return True
 
         return False
 
 def walkchangerevs(repo, match, opts, prepare):
     '''Iterate over files and the revs in which they changed.
 
     Callers most commonly need to iterate backwards over the history
     in which they are interested. Doing so has awful (quadratic-looking)
     performance, so we use iterators in a "windowed" way.
 
     We walk a window of revisions in the desired order.  Within the
     window, we first walk forwards to gather data, then in the desired
     order (usually backwards) to display it.
 
     This function returns an iterator yielding contexts. Before
     yielding each context, the iterator will first call the prepare
     function on each context in the window in forward order.'''
 
     follow = opts.get('follow') or opts.get('follow_first')
     revs = _logrevs(repo, opts)
     if not revs:
         return []
     wanted = set()
     slowpath = match.anypats() or ((match.isexact() or match.prefix()) and
                                    opts.get('removed'))
     fncache = {}
     change = repo.changectx
 
     # First step is to fill wanted, the set of revisions that we want to yield.
     # When it does not induce extra cost, we also fill fncache for revisions in
     # wanted: a cache of filenames that were changed (ctx.files()) and that
     # match the file filtering conditions.
 
     if match.always():
         # No files, no patterns.  Display all revs.
         wanted = revs
     elif not slowpath:
         # We only have to read through the filelog to find wanted revisions
 
         try:
             wanted = walkfilerevs(repo, match, follow, revs, fncache)
         except FileWalkError:
             slowpath = True
 
             # We decided to fall back to the slowpath because at least one
             # of the paths was not a file. Check to see if at least one of them
             # existed in history, otherwise simply return
             for path in match.files():
                 if path == '.' or path in repo.store:
                     break
             else:
                 return []
 
     if slowpath:
         # We have to read the changelog to match filenames against
         # changed files
 
         if follow:
             raise error.Abort(_('can only follow copies/renames for explicit '
                                'filenames'))
 
         # The slow path checks files modified in every changeset.
         # This is really slow on large repos, so compute the set lazily.
         class lazywantedset(object):
             def __init__(self):
                 self.set = set()
                 self.revs = set(revs)
 
             # No need to worry about locality here because it will be accessed
             # in the same order as the increasing window below.
             def __contains__(self, value):
                 if value in self.set:
                     return True
                 elif not value in self.revs:
                     return False
                 else:
                     self.revs.discard(value)
                     ctx = change(value)
                     matches = filter(match, ctx.files())
                     if matches:
                         fncache[value] = matches
                         self.set.add(value)
                         return True
                     return False
 
             def discard(self, value):
                 self.revs.discard(value)
                 self.set.discard(value)
 
         wanted = lazywantedset()
 
     # it might be worthwhile to do this in the iterator if the rev range
     # is descending and the prune args are all within that range
     for rev in opts.get('prune', ()):
         rev = repo[rev].rev()
         ff = _followfilter(repo)
         stop = min(revs[0], revs[-1])
         for x in xrange(rev, stop - 1, -1):
             if ff.match(x):
                 wanted = wanted - [x]
 
     # Now that wanted is correctly initialized, we can iterate over the
     # revision range, yielding only revisions in wanted.
     def iterate():
         if follow and match.always():
             ff = _followfilter(repo, onlyfirst=opts.get('follow_first'))
             def want(rev):
                 return ff.match(rev) and rev in wanted
         else:
             def want(rev):
                 return rev in wanted
 
         it = iter(revs)
         stopiteration = False
         for windowsize in increasingwindows():
             nrevs = []
             for i in xrange(windowsize):
                 rev = next(it, None)
                 if rev is None:
                     stopiteration = True
                     break
                 elif want(rev):
                     nrevs.append(rev)
             for rev in sorted(nrevs):
                 fns = fncache.get(rev)
                 ctx = change(rev)
                 if not fns:
                     def fns_generator():
                         for f in ctx.files():
                             if match(f):
                                 yield f
                     fns = fns_generator()
                 prepare(ctx, fns)
             for rev in nrevs:
                 yield change(rev)
 
             if stopiteration:
                 break
 
     return iterate()
 
 def _makefollowlogfilematcher(repo, files, followfirst):
     # When displaying a revision with --patch --follow FILE, we have
     # to know which file of the revision must be diffed. With
     # --follow, we want the names of the ancestors of FILE in the
     # revision, stored in "fcache". "fcache" is populated by
     # reproducing the graph traversal already done by --follow revset
     # and relating revs to file names (which is not "correct" but
     # good enough).
     fcache = {}
     fcacheready = [False]
     pctx = repo['.']
 
     def populate():
         for fn in files:
             fctx = pctx[fn]
             fcache.setdefault(fctx.introrev(), set()).add(fctx.path())
             for c in fctx.ancestors(followfirst=followfirst):
                 fcache.setdefault(c.rev(), set()).add(c.path())
 
     def filematcher(rev):
         if not fcacheready[0]:
             # Lazy initialization
             fcacheready[0] = True
             populate()
         return scmutil.matchfiles(repo, fcache.get(rev, []))
 
     return filematcher
 
 def _makenofollowlogfilematcher(repo, pats, opts):
     '''hook for extensions to override the filematcher for non-follow cases'''
     return None
 
 def _makelogrevset(repo, pats, opts, revs):
     """Return (expr, filematcher) where expr is a revset string built
     from log options and file patterns or None. If --stat or --patch
     are not passed filematcher is None. Otherwise it is a callable
     taking a revision number and returning a match objects filtering
     the files to be detailed when displaying the revision.
     """
     opt2revset = {
         'no_merges':        ('not merge()', None),
         'only_merges':      ('merge()', None),
         '_ancestors':       ('ancestors(%(val)s)', None),
         '_fancestors':      ('_firstancestors(%(val)s)', None),
         '_descendants':     ('descendants(%(val)s)', None),
         '_fdescendants':    ('_firstdescendants(%(val)s)', None),
         '_matchfiles':      ('_matchfiles(%(val)s)', None),
         'date':             ('date(%(val)r)', None),
         'branch':           ('branch(%(val)r)', ' or '),
         '_patslog':         ('filelog(%(val)r)', ' or '),
         '_patsfollow':      ('follow(%(val)r)', ' or '),
         '_patsfollowfirst': ('_followfirst(%(val)r)', ' or '),
         'keyword':          ('keyword(%(val)r)', ' or '),
         'prune':            ('not (%(val)r or ancestors(%(val)r))', ' and '),
         'user':             ('user(%(val)r)', ' or '),
         }
 
     opts = dict(opts)
     # follow or not follow?
     follow = opts.get('follow') or opts.get('follow_first')
     if opts.get('follow_first'):
         followfirst = 1
     else:
         followfirst = 0
     # --follow with FILE behavior depends on revs...
     it = iter(revs)
     startrev = next(it)
     followdescendants = startrev < next(it, startrev)
 
     # branch and only_branch are really aliases and must be handled at
     # the same time
     opts['branch'] = opts.get('branch', []) + opts.get('only_branch', [])
     opts['branch'] = [repo.lookupbranch(b) for b in opts['branch']]
     # pats/include/exclude are passed to match.match() directly in
     # _matchfiles() revset but walkchangerevs() builds its matcher with
     # scmutil.match(). The difference is input pats are globbed on
     # platforms without shell expansion (windows).
     wctx = repo[None]
     match, pats = scmutil.matchandpats(wctx, pats, opts)
     slowpath = match.anypats() or ((match.isexact() or match.prefix()) and
                                    opts.get('removed'))
     if not slowpath:
         for f in match.files():
             if follow and f not in wctx:
                 # If the file exists, it may be a directory, so let it
                 # take the slow path.
                 if os.path.exists(repo.wjoin(f)):
                     slowpath = True
                     continue
                 else:
                     raise error.Abort(_('cannot follow file not in parent '
                                        'revision: "%s"') % f)
             filelog = repo.file(f)
             if not filelog:
                 # A zero count may be a directory or deleted file, so
                 # try to find matching entries on the slow path.
                 if follow:
                     raise error.Abort(
                         _('cannot follow nonexistent file: "%s"') % f)
                 slowpath = True
 
         # We decided to fall back to the slowpath because at least one
         # of the paths was not a file. Check to see if at least one of them
         # existed in history - in that case, we'll continue down the
         # slowpath; otherwise, we can turn off the slowpath
         if slowpath:
             for path in match.files():
                 if path == '.' or path in repo.store:
                     break
             else:
                 slowpath = False
 
     fpats = ('_patsfollow', '_patsfollowfirst')
     fnopats = (('_ancestors', '_fancestors'),
                ('_descendants', '_fdescendants'))
     if slowpath:
         # See walkchangerevs() slow path.
         #
         # pats/include/exclude cannot be represented as separate
         # revset expressions as their filtering logic applies at file
         # level. For instance "-I a -X a" matches a revision touching
         # "a" and "b" while "file(a) and not file(b)" does
         # not. Besides, filesets are evaluated against the working
         # directory.
         matchargs = ['r:', 'd:relpath']
         for p in pats:
             matchargs.append('p:' + p)
         for p in opts.get('include', []):
             matchargs.append('i:' + p)
         for p in opts.get('exclude', []):
             matchargs.append('x:' + p)
         matchargs = ','.join(('%r' % p) for p in matchargs)
         opts['_matchfiles'] = matchargs
         if follow:
             opts[fnopats[0][followfirst]] = '.'
     else:
         if follow:
             if pats:
                 # follow() revset interprets its file argument as a
                 # manifest entry, so use match.files(), not pats.
                 opts[fpats[followfirst]] = list(match.files())
             else:
                 op = fnopats[followdescendants][followfirst]
                 opts[op] = 'rev(%d)' % startrev
         else:
             opts['_patslog'] = list(pats)
 
     filematcher = None
     if opts.get('patch') or opts.get('stat'):
         # When following files, track renames via a special matcher.
         # If we're forced to take the slowpath it means we're following
         # at least one pattern/directory, so don't bother with rename tracking.
         if follow and not match.always() and not slowpath:
             # _makefollowlogfilematcher expects its files argument to be
             # relative to the repo root, so use match.files(), not pats.
             filematcher = _makefollowlogfilematcher(repo, match.files(),
                                                     followfirst)
         else:
             filematcher = _makenofollowlogfilematcher(repo, pats, opts)
             if filematcher is None:
                 filematcher = lambda rev: match
 
     expr = []
     for op, val in sorted(opts.iteritems()):
         if not val:
             continue
         if op not in opt2revset:
             continue
         revop, andor = opt2revset[op]
         if '%(val)' not in revop:
             expr.append(revop)
         else:
             if not isinstance(val, list):
                 e = revop % {'val': val}
             else:
                 e = '(' + andor.join((revop % {'val': v}) for v in val) + ')'
             expr.append(e)
 
     if expr:
         expr = '(' + ' and '.join(expr) + ')'
     else:
         expr = None
     return expr, filematcher
 
 def _logrevs(repo, opts):
     # Default --rev value depends on --follow but --follow behavior
     # depends on revisions resolved from --rev...
     follow = opts.get('follow') or opts.get('follow_first')
     if opts.get('rev'):
         revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, opts['rev'])
     elif follow and repo.dirstate.p1() == nullid:
         revs = smartset.baseset()
     elif follow:
         revs = repo.revs('reverse(:.)')
     else:
         revs = smartset.spanset(repo)
         revs.reverse()
     return revs
 
 def getgraphlogrevs(repo, pats, opts):
     """Return (revs, expr, filematcher) where revs is an iterable of
     revision numbers, expr is a revset string built from log options
     and file patterns or None, and used to filter 'revs'. If --stat or
     --patch are not passed filematcher is None. Otherwise it is a
     callable taking a revision number and returning a match objects
     filtering the files to be detailed when displaying the revision.
     """
     limit = loglimit(opts)
     revs = _logrevs(repo, opts)
     if not revs:
         return smartset.baseset(), None, None
     expr, filematcher = _makelogrevset(repo, pats, opts, revs)
     if opts.get('rev'):
         # User-specified revs might be unsorted, but don't sort before
         # _makelogrevset because it might depend on the order of revs
         if not (revs.isdescending() or revs.istopo()):
             revs.sort(reverse=True)
     if expr:
         matcher = revset.match(repo.ui, expr, order=revset.followorder)
         revs = matcher(repo, revs)
     if limit is not None:
         limitedrevs = []
         for idx, rev in enumerate(revs):
             if idx >= limit:
                 break
             limitedrevs.append(rev)
         revs = smartset.baseset(limitedrevs)
 
     return revs, expr, filematcher
 
 def getlogrevs(repo, pats, opts):
     """Return (revs, expr, filematcher) where revs is an iterable of
     revision numbers, expr is a revset string built from log options
     and file patterns or None, and used to filter 'revs'. If --stat or
     --patch are not passed filematcher is None. Otherwise it is a
     callable taking a revision number and returning a match objects
     filtering the files to be detailed when displaying the revision.
     """
     limit = loglimit(opts)
     revs = _logrevs(repo, opts)
     if not revs:
         return smartset.baseset([]), None, None
     expr, filematcher = _makelogrevset(repo, pats, opts, revs)
     if expr:
         matcher = revset.match(repo.ui, expr, order=revset.followorder)
         revs = matcher(repo, revs)
     if limit is not None:
         limitedrevs = []
         for idx, r in enumerate(revs):
             if limit <= idx:
                 break
             limitedrevs.append(r)
         revs = smartset.baseset(limitedrevs)
 
     return revs, expr, filematcher
 
 def _graphnodeformatter(ui, displayer):
     spec = ui.config('ui', 'graphnodetemplate')
     if not spec:
         return templatekw.showgraphnode  # fast path for "{graphnode}"
 
     spec = templater.unquotestring(spec)
     templ = formatter.maketemplater(ui, spec)
     cache = {}
     if isinstance(displayer, changeset_templater):
         cache = displayer.cache  # reuse cache of slow templates
     props = templatekw.keywords.copy()
     props['templ'] = templ
     props['cache'] = cache
     def formatnode(repo, ctx):
         props['ctx'] = ctx
         props['repo'] = repo
         props['ui'] = repo.ui
         props['revcache'] = {}
         return templ.render(props)
     return formatnode
 
 def displaygraph(ui, repo, dag, displayer, edgefn, getrenamed=None,
                  filematcher=None):
     formatnode = _graphnodeformatter(ui, displayer)
     state = graphmod.asciistate()
     styles = state['styles']
 
     # only set graph styling if HGPLAIN is not set.
     if ui.plain('graph'):
         # set all edge styles to |, the default pre-3.8 behaviour
         styles.update(dict.fromkeys(styles, '|'))
     else:
         edgetypes = {
             'parent': graphmod.PARENT,
             'grandparent': graphmod.GRANDPARENT,
             'missing': graphmod.MISSINGPARENT
         }
         for name, key in edgetypes.items():
             # experimental config: experimental.graphstyle.*
             styles[key] = ui.config('experimental', 'graphstyle.%s' % name,
                                     styles[key])
             if not styles[key]:
                 styles[key] = None
 
         # experimental config: experimental.graphshorten
         state['graphshorten'] = ui.configbool('experimental', 'graphshorten')
 
     for rev, type, ctx, parents in dag:
         char = formatnode(repo, ctx)
         copies = None
         if getrenamed and ctx.rev():
             copies = []
             for fn in ctx.files():
                 rename = getrenamed(fn, ctx.rev())
                 if rename:
                     copies.append((fn, rename[0]))
         revmatchfn = None
         if filematcher is not None:
             revmatchfn = filematcher(ctx.rev())
         edges = edgefn(type, char, state, rev, parents)
         firstedge = next(edges)
         width = firstedge[2]
         displayer.show(ctx, copies=copies, matchfn=revmatchfn,
                        _graphwidth=width)
         lines = displayer.hunk.pop(rev).split('\n')
         if not lines[-1]:
             del lines[-1]
         displayer.flush(ctx)
         for type, char, width, coldata in itertools.chain([firstedge], edges):
             graphmod.ascii(ui, state, type, char, lines, coldata)
             lines = []
     displayer.close()
 
 def graphlog(ui, repo, pats, opts):
     # Parameters are identical to log command ones
     revs, expr, filematcher = getgraphlogrevs(repo, pats, opts)
     revdag = graphmod.dagwalker(repo, revs)
 
     getrenamed = None
     if opts.get('copies'):
         endrev = None
         if opts.get('rev'):
             endrev = scmutil.revrange(repo, opts.get('rev')).max() + 1
         getrenamed = templatekw.getrenamedfn(repo, endrev=endrev)
 
     ui.pager('log')
     displayer = show_changeset(ui, repo, opts, buffered=True)
     displaygraph(ui, repo, revdag, displayer, graphmod.asciiedges, getrenamed,
                  filematcher)
 
 def checkunsupportedgraphflags(pats, opts):
     for op in ["newest_first"]:
         if op in opts and opts[op]:
             raise error.Abort(_("-G/--graph option is incompatible with --%s")
                              % op.replace("_", "-"))
 
 def graphrevs(repo, nodes, opts):
     limit = loglimit(opts)
     nodes.reverse()
     if limit is not None:
         nodes = nodes[:limit]
     return graphmod.nodes(repo, nodes)
 
 def add(ui, repo, match, prefix, explicitonly, **opts):
     join = lambda f: os.path.join(prefix, f)
     bad = []
 
     badfn = lambda x, y: bad.append(x) or match.bad(x, y)
     names = []
     wctx = repo[None]
     cca = None
     abort, warn = scmutil.checkportabilityalert(ui)
     if abort or warn:
         cca = scmutil.casecollisionauditor(ui, abort, repo.dirstate)
 
     badmatch = matchmod.badmatch(match, badfn)
     dirstate = repo.dirstate
     # We don't want to just call wctx.walk here, since it would return a lot of
     # clean files, which we aren't interested in and takes time.
     for f in sorted(dirstate.walk(badmatch, sorted(wctx.substate),
                                   True, False, full=False)):
         exact = match.exact(f)
         if exact or not explicitonly and f not in wctx and repo.wvfs.lexists(f):
             if cca:
                 cca(f)
             names.append(f)
             if ui.verbose or not exact:
                 ui.status(_('adding %s\n') % match.rel(f))
 
     for subpath in sorted(wctx.substate):
         sub = wctx.sub(subpath)
         try:
             submatch = matchmod.subdirmatcher(subpath, match)
             if opts.get(r'subrepos'):
                 bad.extend(sub.add(ui, submatch, prefix, False, **opts))
             else:
                 bad.extend(sub.add(ui, submatch, prefix, True, **opts))
         except error.LookupError:
             ui.status(_("skipping missing subrepository: %s\n")
                            % join(subpath))
 
     if not opts.get(r'dry_run'):
         rejected = wctx.add(names, prefix)
         bad.extend(f for f in rejected if f in match.files())
     return bad
 
 def addwebdirpath(repo, serverpath, webconf):
     webconf[serverpath] = repo.root
     repo.ui.debug('adding %s = %s\n' % (serverpath, repo.root))
 
     for r in repo.revs('filelog("path:.hgsub")'):
         ctx = repo[r]
         for subpath in ctx.substate:
             ctx.sub(subpath).addwebdirpath(serverpath, webconf)
 
 def forget(ui, repo, match, prefix, explicitonly):
     join = lambda f: os.path.join(prefix, f)
     bad = []
     badfn = lambda x, y: bad.append(x) or match.bad(x, y)
     wctx = repo[None]
     forgot = []
 
     s = repo.status(match=matchmod.badmatch(match, badfn), clean=True)
     forget = sorted(s.modified + s.added + s.deleted + s.clean)
     if explicitonly:
         forget = [f for f in forget if match.exact(f)]
 
     for subpath in sorted(wctx.substate):
         sub = wctx.sub(subpath)
         try:
             submatch = matchmod.subdirmatcher(subpath, match)
             subbad, subforgot = sub.forget(submatch, prefix)
             bad.extend([subpath + '/' + f for f in subbad])
             forgot.extend([subpath + '/' + f for f in subforgot])
         except error.LookupError:
             ui.status(_("skipping missing subrepository: %s\n")
                            % join(subpath))
 
     if not explicitonly:
         for f in match.files():
             if f not in repo.dirstate and not repo.wvfs.isdir(f):
                 if f not in forgot:
                     if repo.wvfs.exists(f):
                         # Don't complain if the exact case match wasn't given.
                         # But don't do this until after checking 'forgot', so
                         # that subrepo files aren't normalized, and this op is
                         # purely from data cached by the status walk above.
                         if repo.dirstate.normalize(f) in repo.dirstate:
                             continue
                         ui.warn(_('not removing %s: '
                                   'file is already untracked\n')
                                 % match.rel(f))
                     bad.append(f)
 
     for f in forget:
         if ui.verbose or not match.exact(f):
             ui.status(_('removing %s\n') % match.rel(f))
 
     rejected = wctx.forget(forget, prefix)
     bad.extend(f for f in rejected if f in match.files())
     forgot.extend(f for f in forget if f not in rejected)
     return bad, forgot
 
 def files(ui, ctx, m, fm, fmt, subrepos):
     rev = ctx.rev()
     ret = 1
     ds = ctx.repo().dirstate
 
     for f in ctx.matches(m):
         if rev is None and ds[f] == 'r':
             continue
         fm.startitem()
         if ui.verbose:
             fc = ctx[f]
             fm.write('size flags', '% 10d % 1s ', fc.size(), fc.flags())
         fm.data(abspath=f)
         fm.write('path', fmt, m.rel(f))
         ret = 0
 
     for subpath in sorted(ctx.substate):
         submatch = matchmod.subdirmatcher(subpath, m)
         if (subrepos or m.exact(subpath) or any(submatch.files())):
             sub = ctx.sub(subpath)
             try:
                 recurse = m.exact(subpath) or subrepos
                 if sub.printfiles(ui, submatch, fm, fmt, recurse) == 0:
                     ret = 0
             except error.LookupError:
                 ui.status(_("skipping missing subrepository: %s\n")
                                % m.abs(subpath))
 
     return ret
 
 def remove(ui, repo, m, prefix, after, force, subrepos, warnings=None):
     join = lambda f: os.path.join(prefix, f)
     ret = 0
     s = repo.status(match=m, clean=True)
     modified, added, deleted, clean = s[0], s[1], s[3], s[6]
 
     wctx = repo[None]
 
     if warnings is None:
         warnings = []
         warn = True
     else:
         warn = False
 
     subs = sorted(wctx.substate)
     total = len(subs)
     count = 0
     for subpath in subs:
         count += 1
         submatch = matchmod.subdirmatcher(subpath, m)
         if subrepos or m.exact(subpath) or any(submatch.files()):
             ui.progress(_('searching'), count, total=total, unit=_('subrepos'))
             sub = wctx.sub(subpath)
             try:
                 if sub.removefiles(submatch, prefix, after, force, subrepos,
                                    warnings):
                     ret = 1
             except error.LookupError:
                 warnings.append(_("skipping missing subrepository: %s\n")
                                % join(subpath))
     ui.progress(_('searching'), None)
 
     # warn about failure to delete explicit files/dirs
     deleteddirs = util.dirs(deleted)
     files = m.files()
     total = len(files)
     count = 0
     for f in files:
         def insubrepo():
             for subpath in wctx.substate:
                 if f.startswith(subpath + '/'):
                     return True
             return False
 
         count += 1
         ui.progress(_('deleting'), count, total=total, unit=_('files'))
         isdir = f in deleteddirs or wctx.hasdir(f)
         if (f in repo.dirstate or isdir or f == '.'
             or insubrepo() or f in subs):
             continue
 
         if repo.wvfs.exists(f):
             if repo.wvfs.isdir(f):
                 warnings.append(_('not removing %s: no tracked files\n')
                         % m.rel(f))
             else:
                 warnings.append(_('not removing %s: file is untracked\n')
                         % m.rel(f))
         # missing files will generate a warning elsewhere
         ret = 1
     ui.progress(_('deleting'), None)
 
     if force:
         list = modified + deleted + clean + added
     elif after:
         list = deleted
         remaining = modified + added + clean
         total = len(remaining)
         count = 0
         for f in remaining:
             count += 1
             ui.progress(_('skipping'), count, total=total, unit=_('files'))
             warnings.append(_('not removing %s: file still exists\n')
                     % m.rel(f))
             ret = 1
         ui.progress(_('skipping'), None)
     else:
         list = deleted + clean
         total = len(modified) + len(added)
         count = 0
         for f in modified:
             count += 1
             ui.progress(_('skipping'), count, total=total, unit=_('files'))
             warnings.append(_('not removing %s: file is modified (use -f'
                       ' to force removal)\n') % m.rel(f))
             ret = 1
         for f in added:
             count += 1
             ui.progress(_('skipping'), count, total=total, unit=_('files'))
             warnings.append(_("not removing %s: file has been marked for add"
                       " (use 'hg forget' to undo add)\n") % m.rel(f))
             ret = 1
         ui.progress(_('skipping'), None)
 
     list = sorted(list)
     total = len(list)
     count = 0
     for f in list:
         count += 1
         if ui.verbose or not m.exact(f):
             ui.progress(_('deleting'), count, total=total, unit=_('files'))
             ui.status(_('removing %s\n') % m.rel(f))
     ui.progress(_('deleting'), None)
 
     with repo.wlock():
         if not after:
             for f in list:
                 if f in added:
                     continue # we never unlink added files on remove
                 repo.wvfs.unlinkpath(f, ignoremissing=True)
         repo[None].forget(list)
 
     if warn:
         for warning in warnings:
             ui.warn(warning)
 
     return ret
 
 def cat(ui, repo, ctx, matcher, basefm, fntemplate, prefix, **opts):
     err = 1
 
     def write(path):
         filename = None
         if fntemplate:
             filename = makefilename(repo, fntemplate, ctx.node(),
                                     pathname=os.path.join(prefix, path))
         with formatter.maybereopen(basefm, filename, opts) as fm:
             data = ctx[path].data()
             if opts.get('decode'):
                 data = repo.wwritedata(path, data)
             fm.startitem()
             fm.write('data', '%s', data)
             fm.data(abspath=path, path=matcher.rel(path))
 
     # Automation often uses hg cat on single files, so special case it
     # for performance to avoid the cost of parsing the manifest.
     if len(matcher.files()) == 1 and not matcher.anypats():
         file = matcher.files()[0]
         mfl = repo.manifestlog
         mfnode = ctx.manifestnode()
         try:
             if mfnode and mfl[mfnode].find(file)[0]:
                 write(file)
                 return 0
         except KeyError:
             pass
 
     for abs in ctx.walk(matcher):
         write(abs)
         err = 0
 
     for subpath in sorted(ctx.substate):
         sub = ctx.sub(subpath)
         try:
             submatch = matchmod.subdirmatcher(subpath, matcher)
 
             if not sub.cat(submatch, basefm, fntemplate,
                            os.path.join(prefix, sub._path), **opts):
                 err = 0
         except error.RepoLookupError:
             ui.status(_("skipping missing subrepository: %s\n")
                            % os.path.join(prefix, subpath))
 
     return err
 
 def commit(ui, repo, commitfunc, pats, opts):
     '''commit the specified files or all outstanding changes'''
     date = opts.get('date')
     if date:
         opts['date'] = util.parsedate(date)
     message = logmessage(ui, opts)
     matcher = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
 
     dsguard = None
     # extract addremove carefully -- this function can be called from a command
     # that doesn't support addremove
     if opts.get('addremove'):
         dsguard = dirstateguard.dirstateguard(repo, 'commit')
     with dsguard or util.nullcontextmanager():
         if dsguard:
             if scmutil.addremove(repo, matcher, "", opts) != 0:
                 raise error.Abort(
                     _("failed to mark all new/missing files as added/removed"))
 
         return commitfunc(ui, repo, message, matcher, opts)
 
 def samefile(f, ctx1, ctx2):
     if f in ctx1.manifest():
         a = ctx1.filectx(f)
         if f in ctx2.manifest():
             b = ctx2.filectx(f)
             return (not a.cmp(b)
                     and a.flags() == b.flags())
         else:
             return False
     else:
         return f not in ctx2.manifest()
 
 def amend(ui, repo, commitfunc, old, extra, pats, opts):
     # avoid cycle context -> subrepo -> cmdutil
     from . import context
 
     # amend will reuse the existing user if not specified, but the obsolete
     # marker creation requires that the current user's name is specified.
     if obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt):
         ui.username() # raise exception if username not set
 
     ui.note(_('amending changeset %s\n') % old)
     base = old.p1()
 
     newid = None
     with repo.wlock(), repo.lock(), repo.transaction('amend'):
         # See if we got a message from -m or -l, if not, open the editor
         # with the message of the changeset to amend
         message = logmessage(ui, opts)
         # ensure logfile does not conflict with later enforcement of the
         # message. potential logfile content has been processed by
         # `logmessage` anyway.
         opts.pop('logfile')
         # First, do a regular commit to record all changes in the working
         # directory (if there are any)
         ui.callhooks = False
         activebookmark = repo._bookmarks.active
         try:
             repo._bookmarks.active = None
             opts['message'] = 'temporary amend commit for %s' % old
             node = commit(ui, repo, commitfunc, pats, opts)
         finally:
             repo._bookmarks.active = activebookmark
             ui.callhooks = True
         ctx = repo[node]
 
         # Participating changesets:
         #
         # node/ctx o - new (intermediate) commit that contains changes
         #          |   from working dir to go into amending commit
         #          |   (or a workingctx if there were no changes)
         #          |
         # old      o - changeset to amend
         #          |
         # base     o - parent of amending changeset
 
         # Update extra dict from amended commit (e.g. to preserve graft
         # source)
         extra.update(old.extra())
 
         # Also update it from the intermediate commit or from the wctx
         extra.update(ctx.extra())
 
         if len(old.parents()) > 1:
             # ctx.files() isn't reliable for merges, so fall back to the
             # slower repo.status() method
             files = set([fn for st in repo.status(base, old)[:3]
                          for fn in st])
         else:
             files = set(old.files())
 
         # Second, we use either the commit we just did, or if there were no
         # changes the parent of the working directory as the version of the
         # files in the final amend commit
         if node:
             ui.note(_('copying changeset %s to %s\n') % (ctx, base))
 
             user = ctx.user()
             date = ctx.date()
             # Recompute copies (avoid recording a -> b -> a)
             copied = copies.pathcopies(base, ctx)
             if old.p2:
                 copied.update(copies.pathcopies(old.p2(), ctx))
 
             # Prune files which were reverted by the updates: if old
             # introduced file X and our intermediate commit, node,
             # renamed that file, then those two files are the same and
             # we can discard X from our list of files. Likewise if X
             # was deleted, it's no longer relevant
             files.update(ctx.files())
             files = [f for f in files if not samefile(f, ctx, base)]
 
             def filectxfn(repo, ctx_, path):
                 try:
                     fctx = ctx[path]
                     flags = fctx.flags()
                     mctx = context.memfilectx(repo,
                                               fctx.path(), fctx.data(),
                                               islink='l' in flags,
                                               isexec='x' in flags,
                                               copied=copied.get(path))
                     return mctx
                 except KeyError:
                     return None
         else:
             ui.note(_('copying changeset %s to %s\n') % (old, base))
 
             # Use version of files as in the old cset
             def filectxfn(repo, ctx_, path):
                 try:
                     return old.filectx(path)
                 except KeyError:
                     return None
 
             user = opts.get('user') or old.user()
             date = opts.get('date') or old.date()
         editform = mergeeditform(old, 'commit.amend')
         editor = getcommiteditor(editform=editform,
                                  **pycompat.strkwargs(opts))
         if not message:
             editor = getcommiteditor(edit=True, editform=editform)
             message = old.description()
 
         pureextra = extra.copy()
         extra['amend_source'] = old.hex()
 
         new = context.memctx(repo,
                              parents=[base.node(), old.p2().node()],
                              text=message,
                              files=files,
                              filectxfn=filectxfn,
                              user=user,
                              date=date,
                              extra=extra,
                              editor=editor)
 
         newdesc = changelog.stripdesc(new.description())
         if ((not node)
             and newdesc == old.description()
             and user == old.user()
             and date == old.date()
             and pureextra == old.extra()):
             # nothing changed. continuing here would create a new node
             # anyway because of the amend_source noise.
             #
             # This not what we expect from amend.
             return old.node()
 
         ph = repo.ui.config('phases', 'new-commit', phases.draft)
         try:
             if opts.get('secret'):
                 commitphase = 'secret'
             else:
                 commitphase = old.phase()
             repo.ui.setconfig('phases', 'new-commit', commitphase, 'amend')
             newid = repo.commitctx(new)
         finally:
             repo.ui.setconfig('phases', 'new-commit', ph, 'amend')
         if newid != old.node():
             # Reroute the working copy parent to the new changeset
             repo.setparents(newid, nullid)
             mapping = {old.node(): (newid,)}
             if node:
                 mapping[node] = ()
             scmutil.cleanupnodes(repo, mapping, 'amend')
     return newid
 
 def commiteditor(repo, ctx, subs, editform=''):
     if ctx.description():
         return ctx.description()
     return commitforceeditor(repo, ctx, subs, editform=editform,
                              unchangedmessagedetection=True)
 
 def commitforceeditor(repo, ctx, subs, finishdesc=None, extramsg=None,
                       editform='', unchangedmessagedetection=False):
     if not extramsg:
         extramsg = _("Leave message empty to abort commit.")
 
     forms = [e for e in editform.split('.') if e]
     forms.insert(0, 'changeset')
     templatetext = None
     while forms:
         ref = '.'.join(forms)
         if repo.ui.config('committemplate', ref):
             templatetext = committext = buildcommittemplate(
                 repo, ctx, subs, extramsg, ref)
             break
         forms.pop()
     else:
         committext = buildcommittext(repo, ctx, subs, extramsg)
 
     # run editor in the repository root
     olddir = pycompat.getcwd()
     os.chdir(repo.root)
 
     # make in-memory changes visible to external process
     tr = repo.currenttransaction()
     repo.dirstate.write(tr)
     pending = tr and tr.writepending() and repo.root
 
     editortext = repo.ui.edit(committext, ctx.user(), ctx.extra(),
                               editform=editform, pending=pending,
                               repopath=repo.path)
     text = editortext
 
     # strip away anything below this special string (used for editors that want
     # to display the diff)
     stripbelow = re.search(_linebelow, text, flags=re.MULTILINE)
     if stripbelow:
         text = text[:stripbelow.start()]
 
     text = re.sub("(?m)^HG:.*(\n|$)", "", text)
     os.chdir(olddir)
 
     if finishdesc:
         text = finishdesc(text)
     if not text.strip():
         raise error.Abort(_("empty commit message"))
     if unchangedmessagedetection and editortext == templatetext:
         raise error.Abort(_("commit message unchanged"))
 
     return text
 
 def buildcommittemplate(repo, ctx, subs, extramsg, ref):
     ui = repo.ui
     spec = formatter.templatespec(ref, None, None)
     t = changeset_templater(ui, repo, spec, None, {}, False)
     t.t.cache.update((k, templater.unquotestring(v))
                      for k, v in repo.ui.configitems('committemplate'))
 
     if not extramsg:
         extramsg = '' # ensure that extramsg is string
 
     ui.pushbuffer()
     t.show(ctx, extramsg=extramsg)
     return ui.popbuffer()
 
 def hgprefix(msg):
     return "\n".join(["HG: %s" % a for a in msg.split("\n") if a])
 
 def buildcommittext(repo, ctx, subs, extramsg):
     edittext = []
     modified, added, removed = ctx.modified(), ctx.added(), ctx.removed()
     if ctx.description():
         edittext.append(ctx.description())
     edittext.append("")
     edittext.append("") # Empty line between message and comments.
     edittext.append(hgprefix(_("Enter commit message."
                       "  Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.")))
     edittext.append(hgprefix(extramsg))
     edittext.append("HG: --")
     edittext.append(hgprefix(_("user: %s") % ctx.user()))
     if ctx.p2():
         edittext.append(hgprefix(_("branch merge")))
     if ctx.branch():
         edittext.append(hgprefix(_("branch '%s'") % ctx.branch()))
     if bookmarks.isactivewdirparent(repo):
         edittext.append(hgprefix(_("bookmark '%s'") % repo._activebookmark))
     edittext.extend([hgprefix(_("subrepo %s") % s) for s in subs])
     edittext.extend([hgprefix(_("added %s") % f) for f in added])
     edittext.extend([hgprefix(_("changed %s") % f) for f in modified])
     edittext.extend([hgprefix(_("removed %s") % f) for f in removed])
     if not added and not modified and not removed:
         edittext.append(hgprefix(_("no files changed")))
     edittext.append("")
 
     return "\n".join(edittext)
 
 def commitstatus(repo, node, branch, bheads=None, opts=None):
     if opts is None:
         opts = {}
     ctx = repo[node]
     parents = ctx.parents()
 
     if (not opts.get('amend') and bheads and node not in bheads and not
         [x for x in parents if x.node() in bheads and x.branch() == branch]):
         repo.ui.status(_('created new head\n'))
         # The message is not printed for initial roots. For the other
         # changesets, it is printed in the following situations:
         #
         # Par column: for the 2 parents with ...
         #   N: null or no parent
         #   B: parent is on another named branch
         #   C: parent is a regular non head changeset
         #   H: parent was a branch head of the current branch
         # Msg column: whether we print "created new head" message
         # In the following, it is assumed that there already exists some
         # initial branch heads of the current branch, otherwise nothing is
         # printed anyway.
         #
         # Par Msg Comment
         # N N  y  additional topo root
         #
         # B N  y  additional branch root
         # C N  y  additional topo head
         # H N  n  usual case
         #
         # B B  y  weird additional branch root
         # C B  y  branch merge
         # H B  n  merge with named branch
         #
         # C C  y  additional head from merge
         # C H  n  merge with a head
         #
         # H H  n  head merge: head count decreases
 
     if not opts.get('close_branch'):
         for r in parents:
             if r.closesbranch() and r.branch() == branch:
                 repo.ui.status(_('reopening closed branch head %d\n') % r)
 
     if repo.ui.debugflag:
         repo.ui.write(_('committed changeset %d:%s\n') % (int(ctx), ctx.hex()))
     elif repo.ui.verbose:
         repo.ui.write(_('committed changeset %d:%s\n') % (int(ctx), ctx))
 
 def postcommitstatus(repo, pats, opts):
     return repo.status(match=scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts))
 
 def revert(ui, repo, ctx, parents, *pats, **opts):
     parent, p2 = parents
     node = ctx.node()
 
     mf = ctx.manifest()
     if node == p2:
         parent = p2
 
     # need all matching names in dirstate and manifest of target rev,
     # so have to walk both. do not print errors if files exist in one
     # but not other. in both cases, filesets should be evaluated against
     # workingctx to get consistent result (issue4497). this means 'set:**'
     # cannot be used to select missing files from target rev.
 
     # `names` is a mapping for all elements in working copy and target revision
     # The mapping is in the form:
     #   <asb path in repo> -> (<path from CWD>, <exactly specified by matcher?>)
     names = {}
 
     with repo.wlock():
         ## filling of the `names` mapping
         # walk dirstate to fill `names`
 
         interactive = opts.get('interactive', False)
         wctx = repo[None]
         m = scmutil.match(wctx, pats, opts)
 
         # we'll need this later
         targetsubs = sorted(s for s in wctx.substate if m(s))
 
         if not m.always():
             matcher = matchmod.badmatch(m, lambda x, y: False)
             for abs in wctx.walk(matcher):
                 names[abs] = m.rel(abs), m.exact(abs)
 
             # walk target manifest to fill `names`
 
             def badfn(path, msg):
                 if path in names:
                     return
                 if path in ctx.substate:
                     return
                 path_ = path + '/'
                 for f in names:
                     if f.startswith(path_):
                         return
                 ui.warn("%s: %s\n" % (m.rel(path), msg))
 
             for abs in ctx.walk(matchmod.badmatch(m, badfn)):
                 if abs not in names:
                     names[abs] = m.rel(abs), m.exact(abs)
 
             # Find status of all file in `names`.
             m = scmutil.matchfiles(repo, names)
 
             changes = repo.status(node1=node, match=m,
                                   unknown=True, ignored=True, clean=True)
         else:
             changes = repo.status(node1=node, match=m)
             for kind in changes:
                 for abs in kind:
                     names[abs] = m.rel(abs), m.exact(abs)
 
             m = scmutil.matchfiles(repo, names)
 
         modified = set(changes.modified)
         added    = set(changes.added)
         removed  = set(changes.removed)
         _deleted = set(changes.deleted)
         unknown  = set(changes.unknown)
         unknown.update(changes.ignored)
         clean    = set(changes.clean)
         modadded = set()
 
         # We need to account for the state of the file in the dirstate,
         # even when we revert against something else than parent. This will
         # slightly alter the behavior of revert (doing back up or not, delete
         # or just forget etc).
         if parent == node:
             dsmodified = modified
             dsadded = added
             dsremoved = removed
             # store all local modifications, useful later for rename detection
             localchanges = dsmodified | dsadded
             modified, added, removed = set(), set(), set()
         else:
             changes = repo.status(node1=parent, match=m)
             dsmodified = set(changes.modified)
             dsadded    = set(changes.added)
             dsremoved  = set(changes.removed)
             # store all local modifications, useful later for rename detection
             localchanges = dsmodified | dsadded
 
             # only take into account for removes between wc and target
             clean |= dsremoved - removed
             dsremoved &= removed
             # distinct between dirstate remove and other
             removed -= dsremoved
 
             modadded = added & dsmodified
             added -= modadded
 
             # tell newly modified apart.
             dsmodified &= modified
             dsmodified |= modified & dsadded # dirstate added may need backup
             modified -= dsmodified
 
             # We need to wait for some post-processing to update this set
             # before making the distinction. The dirstate will be used for
             # that purpose.
             dsadded = added
 
         # in case of merge, files that are actually added can be reported as
         # modified, we need to post process the result
         if p2 != nullid:
             mergeadd = set(dsmodified)
             for path in dsmodified:
                 if path in mf:
                     mergeadd.remove(path)
             dsadded |= mergeadd
             dsmodified -= mergeadd
 
         # if f is a rename, update `names` to also revert the source
         cwd = repo.getcwd()
         for f in localchanges:
             src = repo.dirstate.copied(f)
             # XXX should we check for rename down to target node?
             if src and src not in names and repo.dirstate[src] == 'r':
                 dsremoved.add(src)
                 names[src] = (repo.pathto(src, cwd), True)
 
         # determine the exact nature of the deleted changesets
         deladded = set(_deleted)
         for path in _deleted:
             if path in mf:
                 deladded.remove(path)
         deleted = _deleted - deladded
 
         # distinguish between file to forget and the other
         added = set()
         for abs in dsadded:
             if repo.dirstate[abs] != 'a':
                 added.add(abs)
         dsadded -= added
 
         for abs in deladded:
             if repo.dirstate[abs] == 'a':
                 dsadded.add(abs)
         deladded -= dsadded
 
         # For files marked as removed, we check if an unknown file is present at
         # the same path. If a such file exists it may need to be backed up.
         # Making the distinction at this stage helps have simpler backup
         # logic.
         removunk = set()
         for abs in removed:
             target = repo.wjoin(abs)
             if os.path.lexists(target):
                 removunk.add(abs)
         removed -= removunk
 
         dsremovunk = set()
         for abs in dsremoved:
             target = repo.wjoin(abs)
             if os.path.lexists(target):
                 dsremovunk.add(abs)
         dsremoved -= dsremovunk
 
         # action to be actually performed by revert
         # (<list of file>, message>) tuple
         actions = {'revert': ([], _('reverting %s\n')),
                    'add': ([], _('adding %s\n')),
                    'remove': ([], _('removing %s\n')),
                    'drop': ([], _('removing %s\n')),
                    'forget': ([], _('forgetting %s\n')),
                    'undelete': ([], _('undeleting %s\n')),
                    'noop': (None, _('no changes needed to %s\n')),
                    'unknown': (None, _('file not managed: %s\n')),
                   }
 
         # "constant" that convey the backup strategy.
         # All set to `discard` if `no-backup` is set do avoid checking
         # no_backup lower in the code.
         # These values are ordered for comparison purposes
         backupinteractive = 3 # do backup if interactively modified
         backup = 2  # unconditionally do backup
         check = 1   # check if the existing file differs from target
         discard = 0 # never do backup
         if opts.get('no_backup'):
             backupinteractive = backup = check = discard
         if interactive:
             dsmodifiedbackup = backupinteractive
         else:
             dsmodifiedbackup = backup
         tobackup = set()
 
         backupanddel = actions['remove']
         if not opts.get('no_backup'):
             backupanddel = actions['drop']
 
         disptable = (
             # dispatch table:
             #   file state
             #   action
             #   make backup
 
             ## Sets that results that will change file on disk
             # Modified compared to target, no local change
             (modified,      actions['revert'],   discard),
             # Modified compared to target, but local file is deleted
             (deleted,       actions['revert'],   discard),
             # Modified compared to target, local change
             (dsmodified,    actions['revert'],   dsmodifiedbackup),
             # Added since target
             (added,         actions['remove'],   discard),
             # Added in working directory
             (dsadded,       actions['forget'],   discard),
             # Added since target, have local modification
             (modadded,      backupanddel,        backup),
             # Added since target but file is missing in working directory
             (deladded,      actions['drop'],   discard),
             # Removed since  target, before working copy parent
             (removed,       actions['add'],      discard),
             # Same as `removed` but an unknown file exists at the same path
             (removunk,      actions['add'],      check),
             # Removed since targe, marked as such in working copy parent
             (dsremoved,     actions['undelete'], discard),
             # Same as `dsremoved` but an unknown file exists at the same path
             (dsremovunk,    actions['undelete'], check),
             ## the following sets does not result in any file changes
             # File with no modification
             (clean,         actions['noop'],     discard),
             # Existing file, not tracked anywhere
             (unknown,       actions['unknown'],  discard),
             )
 
         for abs, (rel, exact) in sorted(names.items()):
             # target file to be touch on disk (relative to cwd)
             target = repo.wjoin(abs)
             # search the entry in the dispatch table.
             # if the file is in any of these sets, it was touched in the working
             # directory parent and we are sure it needs to be reverted.
             for table, (xlist, msg), dobackup in disptable:
                 if abs not in table:
                     continue
                 if xlist is not None:
                     xlist.append(abs)
                     if dobackup:
                         # If in interactive mode, don't automatically create
                         # .orig files (issue4793)
                         if dobackup == backupinteractive:
                             tobackup.add(abs)
                         elif (backup <= dobackup or wctx[abs].cmp(ctx[abs])):
                             bakname = scmutil.origpath(ui, repo, rel)
                             ui.note(_('saving current version of %s as %s\n') %
                                     (rel, bakname))
                             if not opts.get('dry_run'):
                                 if interactive:
                                     util.copyfile(target, bakname)
                                 else:
                                     util.rename(target, bakname)
                     if ui.verbose or not exact:
                         if not isinstance(msg, basestring):
                             msg = msg(abs)
                         ui.status(msg % rel)
                 elif exact:
                     ui.warn(msg % rel)
                 break
 
         if not opts.get('dry_run'):
             needdata = ('revert', 'add', 'undelete')
             _revertprefetch(repo, ctx, *[actions[name][0] for name in needdata])
             _performrevert(repo, parents, ctx, actions, interactive, tobackup)
 
         if targetsubs:
             # Revert the subrepos on the revert list
             for sub in targetsubs:
                 try:
                     wctx.sub(sub).revert(ctx.substate[sub], *pats, **opts)
                 except KeyError:
                     raise error.Abort("subrepository '%s' does not exist in %s!"
                                       % (sub, short(ctx.node())))
 
 def _revertprefetch(repo, ctx, *files):
     """Let extension changing the storage layer prefetch content"""
     pass
 
 def _performrevert(repo, parents, ctx, actions, interactive=False,
                    tobackup=None):
     """function that actually perform all the actions computed for revert
 
     This is an independent function to let extension to plug in and react to
     the imminent revert.
 
     Make sure you have the working directory locked when calling this function.
     """
     parent, p2 = parents
     node = ctx.node()
     excluded_files = []
     matcher_opts = {"exclude": excluded_files}
 
     def checkout(f):
         fc = ctx[f]
         repo.wwrite(f, fc.data(), fc.flags())
 
     def doremove(f):
         try:
             repo.wvfs.unlinkpath(f)
         except OSError:
             pass
         repo.dirstate.remove(f)
 
     audit_path = pathutil.pathauditor(repo.root, cached=True)
     for f in actions['forget'][0]:
         if interactive:
             choice = repo.ui.promptchoice(
                 _("forget added file %s (Yn)?$$ &Yes $$ &No") % f)
             if choice == 0:
                 repo.dirstate.drop(f)
             else:
                 excluded_files.append(repo.wjoin(f))
         else:
             repo.dirstate.drop(f)
     for f in actions['remove'][0]:
         audit_path(f)
         if interactive:
             choice = repo.ui.promptchoice(
                 _("remove added file %s (Yn)?$$ &Yes $$ &No") % f)
             if choice == 0:
                 doremove(f)
             else:
                 excluded_files.append(repo.wjoin(f))
         else:
             doremove(f)
     for f in actions['drop'][0]:
         audit_path(f)
         repo.dirstate.remove(f)
 
     normal = None
     if node == parent:
         # We're reverting to our parent. If possible, we'd like status
         # to report the file as clean. We have to use normallookup for
         # merges to avoid losing information about merged/dirty files.
         if p2 != nullid:
             normal = repo.dirstate.normallookup
         else:
             normal = repo.dirstate.normal
 
     newlyaddedandmodifiedfiles = set()
     if interactive:
         # Prompt the user for changes to revert
         torevert = [repo.wjoin(f) for f in actions['revert'][0]]
         m = scmutil.match(ctx, torevert, matcher_opts)
         diffopts = patch.difffeatureopts(repo.ui, whitespace=True)
         diffopts.nodates = True
         diffopts.git = True
         operation = 'discard'
         reversehunks = True
         if node != parent:
             operation = 'revert'
             reversehunks = repo.ui.configbool('experimental',
                 'revertalternateinteractivemode')
         if reversehunks:
             diff = patch.diff(repo, ctx.node(), None, m, opts=diffopts)
         else:
             diff = patch.diff(repo, None, ctx.node(), m, opts=diffopts)
         originalchunks = patch.parsepatch(diff)
 
         try:
 
             chunks, opts = recordfilter(repo.ui, originalchunks,
                                         operation=operation)
             if reversehunks:
                 chunks = patch.reversehunks(chunks)
 
         except patch.PatchError as err:
             raise error.Abort(_('error parsing patch: %s') % err)
 
         newlyaddedandmodifiedfiles = newandmodified(chunks, originalchunks)
         if tobackup is None:
             tobackup = set()
         # Apply changes
         fp = stringio()
         for c in chunks:
             # Create a backup file only if this hunk should be backed up
             if ishunk(c) and c.header.filename() in tobackup:
                 abs = c.header.filename()
                 target = repo.wjoin(abs)
                 bakname = scmutil.origpath(repo.ui, repo, m.rel(abs))
                 util.copyfile(target, bakname)
                 tobackup.remove(abs)
             c.write(fp)
         dopatch = fp.tell()
         fp.seek(0)
         if dopatch:
             try:
                 patch.internalpatch(repo.ui, repo, fp, 1, eolmode=None)
             except patch.PatchError as err:
                 raise error.Abort(str(err))
         del fp
     else:
         for f in actions['revert'][0]:
             checkout(f)
             if normal:
                 normal(f)
 
     for f in actions['add'][0]:
         # Don't checkout modified files, they are already created by the diff
         if f not in newlyaddedandmodifiedfiles:
             checkout(f)
             repo.dirstate.add(f)
 
     normal = repo.dirstate.normallookup
     if node == parent and p2 == nullid:
         normal = repo.dirstate.normal
     for f in actions['undelete'][0]:
         checkout(f)
         normal(f)
 
     copied = copies.pathcopies(repo[parent], ctx)
 
     for f in actions['add'][0] + actions['undelete'][0] + actions['revert'][0]:
         if f in copied:
             repo.dirstate.copy(copied[f], f)
 
 class command(registrar.command):
     def _doregister(self, func, name, *args, **kwargs):
         func._deprecatedregistrar = True  # flag for deprecwarn in extensions.py
         return super(command, self)._doregister(func, name, *args, **kwargs)
 
 # a list of (ui, repo, otherpeer, opts, missing) functions called by
 # commands.outgoing.  "missing" is "missing" of the result of
 # "findcommonoutgoing()"
 outgoinghooks = util.hooks()
 
 # a list of (ui, repo) functions called by commands.summary
 summaryhooks = util.hooks()
 
 # a list of (ui, repo, opts, changes) functions called by commands.summary.
 #
 # functions should return tuple of booleans below, if 'changes' is None:
 #  (whether-incomings-are-needed, whether-outgoings-are-needed)
 #
 # otherwise, 'changes' is a tuple of tuples below:
 #  - (sourceurl, sourcebranch, sourcepeer, incoming)
 #  - (desturl,   destbranch,   destpeer,   outgoing)
 summaryremotehooks = util.hooks()
 
 # A list of state files kept by multistep operations like graft.
 # Since graft cannot be aborted, it is considered 'clearable' by update.
 # note: bisect is intentionally excluded
 # (state file, clearable, allowcommit, error, hint)
 unfinishedstates = [
     ('graftstate', True, False, _('graft in progress'),
      _("use 'hg graft --continue' or 'hg update' to abort")),
     ('updatestate', True, False, _('last update was interrupted'),
      _("use 'hg update' to get a consistent checkout"))
     ]
 
 def checkunfinished(repo, commit=False):
     '''Look for an unfinished multistep operation, like graft, and abort
     if found. It's probably good to check this right before
     bailifchanged().
     '''
     for f, clearable, allowcommit, msg, hint in unfinishedstates:
         if commit and allowcommit:
             continue
         if repo.vfs.exists(f):
             raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint)
 
 def clearunfinished(repo):
     '''Check for unfinished operations (as above), and clear the ones
     that are clearable.
     '''
     for f, clearable, allowcommit, msg, hint in unfinishedstates:
         if not clearable and repo.vfs.exists(f):
             raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint)
     for f, clearable, allowcommit, msg, hint in unfinishedstates:
         if clearable and repo.vfs.exists(f):
             util.unlink(repo.vfs.join(f))
 
 afterresolvedstates = [
     ('graftstate',
      _('hg graft --continue')),
     ]
 
 def howtocontinue(repo):
     '''Check for an unfinished operation and return the command to finish
     it.
 
     afterresolvedstates tuples define a .hg/{file} and the corresponding
     command needed to finish it.
 
     Returns a (msg, warning) tuple. 'msg' is a string and 'warning' is
     a boolean.
     '''
     contmsg = _("continue: %s")
     for f, msg in afterresolvedstates:
         if repo.vfs.exists(f):
             return contmsg % msg, True
     if repo[None].dirty(missing=True, merge=False, branch=False):
         return contmsg % _("hg commit"), False
     return None, None
 
 def checkafterresolved(repo):
     '''Inform the user about the next action after completing hg resolve
 
     If there's a matching afterresolvedstates, howtocontinue will yield
     repo.ui.warn as the reporter.
 
     Otherwise, it will yield repo.ui.note.
     '''
     msg, warning = howtocontinue(repo)
     if msg is not None:
         if warning:
             repo.ui.warn("%s\n" % msg)
         else:
             repo.ui.note("%s\n" % msg)
 
 def wrongtooltocontinue(repo, task):
     '''Raise an abort suggesting how to properly continue if there is an
     active task.
 
     Uses howtocontinue() to find the active task.
 
     If there's no task (repo.ui.note for 'hg commit'), it does not offer
     a hint.
     '''
     after = howtocontinue(repo)
     hint = None
     if after[1]:
         hint = after[0]
     raise error.Abort(_('no %s in progress') % task, hint=hint)

mercurial/help/config.txt

@@ -1,2465 +1,2468 b''
 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
 aspects of its behavior.
 
 Troubleshooting
 ===============
 
 If you're having problems with your configuration,
 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
 a setting into your environment.
 
 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
 for information about how and where to override things.
 
 Structure
 =========
 
 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
 by ``name = value`` entries::
 
   [ui]
   username = Firstname Lastname <[e-mail]>
   verbose = True
 
 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
 
 Files
 =====
 
 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
 appropriate configuration files yourself:
 
 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
 
 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
 
 .. container:: windows
 
   - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
 
 .. container:: unix.plan9
 
   - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
 
 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
 ones.
 
 .. container:: verbose.unix
 
   On Unix, the following files are consulted:
 
   - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
   - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
   - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
   - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
   - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
   - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
 
 .. container:: verbose.windows
 
   On Windows, the following files are consulted:
 
   - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
   - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
   - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
   - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation)
   - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
   - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
   - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
 
   .. note::
 
    The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
    is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
 
 .. container:: windows
 
   On Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``.
 
 .. container:: verbose.plan9
 
   On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
 
   - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
   - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
   - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
   - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
   - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
   - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
 
 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
 this file override options in all other configuration files.
 
 .. container:: unix.plan9
 
   On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
   belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
   :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
 
 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial.  Options
 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
 options.
 
 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
 
 .. container:: unix.plan9
 
   For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
   will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
   files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
   directory.
 
 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
 be read.  Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
 
 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
 override per-installation options.
 
 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
 there.
 
 Syntax
 ======
 
 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
 ``configuration keys``)::
 
     [spam]
     eggs=ham
     green=
        eggs
 
 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
 
 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
 
     [spam]
     eggs=large
     ham=serrano
     eggs=small
 
 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
 
 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
 example::
 
     [foo]
     eggs=large
     ham=serrano
     eggs=small
 
     [bar]
     eggs=ham
     green=
        eggs
 
     [foo]
     ham=prosciutto
     eggs=medium
     bread=toasted
 
 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
 
 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
 above.
 
 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
 
   %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
 
 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
 
 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
 section, if it has been set previously.
 
 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
 (all case insensitive).
 
 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
 placed in double quotation marks::
 
   allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
 
 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
 
 Sections
 ========
 
 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
 keys, and their possible values.
 
 ``alias``
 ---------
 
 Defines command aliases.
 
 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
 command to be executed.
 
 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
 
     <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
 
 For example, this definition::
 
     latest = log --limit 5
 
 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
 
     stable5 = latest -b stable
 
 .. note::
 
    It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
    existing commands, which will then override the original
    definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
 
 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
 
    echo = !echo $@
 
 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
 terminal. A better example might be::
 
    purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
 
 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
 
 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
 
 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
 
 .. note::
 
    Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
    processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
    aliases.
 
 
 ``annotate``
 ------------
 
 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
 related options for the diff command.
 
 ``ignorews``
     Ignore white space when comparing lines.
 
+``ignorewseol``
+    Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
+
 ``ignorewsamount``
     Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
 
 ``ignoreblanklines``
     Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
 
 
 ``auth``
 --------
 
 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
 your HTTP server.
 
 The following options apply to all hosts.
 
 ``cookiefile``
     Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
     host will be sent automatically.
 
     The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
     on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
     character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
     value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
     format."
 
     Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
     will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
     This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
 
     The cookies file is read-only.
 
 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
 format::
 
     <name>.<argument> = <value>
 
 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
 entries. Example::
 
     foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
     foo.username = foo
     foo.password = bar
     foo.schemes = http https
 
     bar.prefix = secure.example.org
     bar.key = path/to/file.key
     bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
     bar.schemes = https
 
 Supported arguments:
 
 ``prefix``
     Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
     The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
     (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
     1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
     against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
     argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
 
 ``username``
     Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
     remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
     be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
     username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
     includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
     username or without a username will be considered.
 
 ``password``
     Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
     remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
     will be prompted for it.
 
 ``key``
     Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
     variables are expanded in the filename.
 
 ``cert``
     Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
     variables are expanded in the filename.
 
 ``schemes``
     Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
     authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
     a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
     static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
     (default: https)
 
 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
 
 ``color``
 ---------
 
 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
 
 ``mode``
     String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
     ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
     use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
     terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
 
 ``pagermode``
     String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
 
     On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
     color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
     will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
     emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
     either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
     pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
     codes).
 
     On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
     a different color mode than the pager program.
 
 ``commands``
 ------------
 
 ``status.relative``
     Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
     (default: False)
 
 ``update.requiredest``
     Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
     For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
     will be disallowed.
     (default: False)
 
 ``committemplate``
 ------------------
 
 ``changeset``
     String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
     customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
 
 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
 below can be used for customization:
 
 ``extramsg``
     String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
     commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
 
 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
 one shown by default::
 
     [committemplate]
     changeset = {desc}\n\n
         HG: Enter commit message.  Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
         HG: {extramsg}
         HG: --
         HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
        "HG: branch merge\n")
        }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
        "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n")   }{subrepos %
        "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n"              }{file_adds %
        "HG: added {file}\n"                   }{file_mods %
        "HG: changed {file}\n"                 }{file_dels %
        "HG: removed {file}\n"                 }{if(files, "",
        "HG: no files changed\n")}
 
 ``diff()``
     String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
 
 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
 it::
 
      HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
 
 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
 extra message::
 
     [committemplate]
     changeset = {desc}\n\n
         HG: Enter commit message.  Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
         HG: {extramsg}
         HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
         HG: Do not touch the line above.
         HG: Everything below will be removed.
         {diff()}
 
 .. note::
 
    For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
    detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
    avoid showing broken characters.
 
    For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
    followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
    the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
    (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
 
 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
 required):
 
 - :hg:`backout`
 - :hg:`commit`
 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
 - :hg:`graft`
 - :hg:`histedit`
 - :hg:`import`
 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
 - :hg:`rebase`
 - :hg:`shelve`
 - :hg:`sign`
 - :hg:`tag`
 - :hg:`transplant`
 
 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
 messages for each action.
 
 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
 
 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
 
 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
 variable.
 
 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
 
     [committemplate]
     listupfiles = {file_adds %
        "HG: added {file}\n"     }{file_mods %
        "HG: changed {file}\n"   }{file_dels %
        "HG: removed {file}\n"   }{if(files, "",
        "HG: no files changed\n")}
 
 ``decode/encode``
 -----------------
 
 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
 typically be used for newline processing or other
 localization/canonicalization of files.
 
 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
 
 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
 
 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
 data on stdout.
 
 Pipe example::
 
   [encode]
   # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
   # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
   *.gz = pipe: gunzip
 
   [decode]
   # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
   # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
   *.gz = gzip
 
 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
 the command.
 
 .. container:: windows
 
    .. note::
 
      The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
      where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
      strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
 
 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
 
 
 ``defaults``
 ------------
 
 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
 
 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
 
 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
 
   [defaults]
   log = -v
   status = -m
 
 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
 to the aliases of the commands defined.
 
 
 ``diff``
 --------
 
 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
 for related options for the annotate command.
 
 ``git``
     Use git extended diff format.
 
 ``nobinary``
     Omit git binary patches.
 
 ``nodates``
     Don't include dates in diff headers.
 
 ``noprefix``
     Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
 
 ``showfunc``
     Show which function each change is in.
 
 ``ignorews``
     Ignore white space when comparing lines.
 
 ``ignorewsamount``
     Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
 
 ``ignoreblanklines``
     Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
 
 ``unified``
     Number of lines of context to show.
 
 ``email``
 ---------
 
 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
 
 ``from``
     Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
     of outgoing messages.
 
 ``to``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
 
 ``cc``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
     email addresses.
 
 ``bcc``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
     email addresses.
 
 ``method``
     Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
     (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
     Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
     (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
     message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
     ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
 
 ``charsets``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
     convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
     containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
     first character set to which conversion from local encoding
     (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
     conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
     (default: '')
 
     Order of outgoing email character sets:
 
     1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
     2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
     3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
     4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
     5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
 
 Email example::
 
   [email]
   from = Joseph User <[e-mail]>
   method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
   # charsets for western Europeans
   # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
   charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
 
 
 ``extensions``
 --------------
 
 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
 
 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
 after the ``=``.
 
 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
 defines the extension.
 
 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
 
 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
 
   [extensions]
   # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
   churn =
   # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
   myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
 
 
 ``format``
 ----------
 
 ``usegeneraldelta``
     Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
     repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store delta against arbitrary
     revision instead of the previous stored one. This provides significant
     improvement for repositories with branches.
 
     Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
 
     Enabled by default.
 
 ``dotencode``
     Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
     the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
     dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on
     Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
 
     Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
 
     Enabled by default.
 
 ``usefncache``
     Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
     the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
     fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
     reserved names, e.g. "nul".
 
     Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
 
     Enabled by default.
 
 ``usestore``
     Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
     compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
     filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
     in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
 
     Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
 
     Enabled by default.
 
 ``graph``
 ---------
 
 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
 ``default`` branch stand out.
 
 Each line has the following format::
 
     <branch>.<argument> = <value>
 
 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
 customized. Example::
 
     [graph]
     # 2px width
     default.width = 2
     # red color
     default.color = FF0000
 
 Supported arguments:
 
 ``width``
     Set branch edges width in pixels.
 
 ``color``
     Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
 
 ``hooks``
 ---------
 
 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
 value or setting it to an empty string.  Hooks can be prioritized
 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
 
 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
 
   [hooks]
   # update working directory after adding changesets
   changegroup.update = hg update
   # do not use the site-wide hook
   incoming =
   incoming.email = /my/email/hook
   incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
   # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
   priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
 
 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
 
 ``changegroup``
   Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle.  The ID of
   the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
   The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
 
 ``commit``
   Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
   of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
   IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
 
 ``incoming``
   Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
   the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
   ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
 
 ``outgoing``
   Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
   first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
   ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
 
 ``post-<command>``
   Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
   contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
   code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
   ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
   the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
   dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
   ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
 
 ``fail-<command>``
   Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
   of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
   arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
   string representations of the python data internally passed to
   <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
   options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
   Hook failure is ignored.
 
 ``pre-<command>``
   Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
   command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
   are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
   representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
   is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
   defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
   failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
   code.
 
 ``prechangegroup``
   Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
   status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
   cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
   will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
 
 ``precommit``
   Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
   commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
   Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
 
 ``prelistkeys``
   Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
   repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
   in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
 
 ``preoutgoing``
   Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
   another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
   pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
   local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
   since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
   ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
   SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
   is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
 
 ``prepushkey``
   Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
   repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
   key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
   the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
   ``$HG_NEW``.
 
 ``pretag``
   Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
   created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
   changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
   tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
 
 ``pretxnopen``
   Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
   transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
   transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
   transaction from being opened.
 
 ``pretxnclose``
   Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
   will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
   content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
   status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
   transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
   the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
   vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE``
   (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last
   added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables.  Bookmark and
   phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``
   respectively, etc.
 
 ``txnclose``
   Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
   point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
   after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
   details about available variables.
 
 ``txnabort``
   Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
   for details about available variables.
 
 ``pretxnchangegroup``
   Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
   the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
   program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
   The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
   ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
   status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
   unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
 
 ``pretxncommit``
   Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
   committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
   validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
   commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
   be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
   changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
 
 ``preupdate``
   Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
   the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
   The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
   merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
 
 ``listkeys``
   Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
   key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
   dictionary containing the keys and values.
 
 ``pushkey``
   Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
   repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
   ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
   value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
 
 ``tag``
   Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
   The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
   the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
 
 ``update``
   Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
   new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
   parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
   update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
 
 .. note::
 
    It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
    generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
    called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
    Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
    generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
 
 .. note::
 
    Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
    hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
    will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
    changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
 
 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
 
   hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
   hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
 
 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
 
 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
 is treated as a failure.
 
 
 ``hostfingerprints``
 --------------------
 
 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
 
 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
 
 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
 
 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
 to a new certificate.
 
 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
 
 For example::
 
     [hostfingerprints]
     hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
     hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
 
 ``hostsecurity``
 ----------------
 
 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
 other machines.
 
 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
 
 ``ciphers``
     Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
 
     Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
     https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
 
     This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
     can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
     You have been warned.
 
     This option requires Python 2.7.
 
 ``minimumprotocol``
     Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
 
     By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
     is used.
 
     Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
 
     When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
     old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
 
     When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
     ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
     weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
     a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
 
 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
 per-host basis.
 
 The following per-host settings can be defined.
 
 ``ciphers``
     This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
     to the host on which it is defined.
 
 ``fingerprints``
     A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
     the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
     ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
     In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
 
     The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
     ``sha512``.
 
     Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
 
     If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
     host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
     of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
     certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
     This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
     at the expense of convenience.
 
     This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
 
 ``minimumprotocol``
     This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
     only applies to the host on which it is defined.
 
 ``verifycertsfile``
     Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
     verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
     constructs are expanded in the filename.
 
     The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
     must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
     will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
 
     If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
     ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
     used.
 
     This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
     is set.
 
     The format of the file is as follows::
 
         -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
         ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
         -----END CERTIFICATE-----
         -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
         ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
         -----END CERTIFICATE-----
 
 For example::
 
     [hostsecurity]
     hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
     hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
     hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
     foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
 
 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
 
     [hostsecurity]
     minimumprotocol = tls1.2
     hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
 
 ``http_proxy``
 --------------
 
 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
 proxy.
 
 ``host``
     Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
     "myproxy:8000".
 
 ``no``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
     the proxy.
 
 ``passwd``
     Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
 
 ``user``
     Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
 
 ``always``
     Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
     in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
 
 ``merge``
 ---------
 
 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
 
 ``checkignored``
    Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
    file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
    contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
    abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
    ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
    ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
 
 ``checkunknown``
    Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
    as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
    different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
    are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
 
 ``merge-patterns``
 ------------------
 
 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
 root.
 
 Example::
 
   [merge-patterns]
   **.c = kdiff3
   **.jpg = myimgmerge
 
 ``merge-tools``
 ---------------
 
 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
 
 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
 
   [merge-tools]
   # Override stock tool location
   kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
   # Specify command line
   kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
   # Give higher priority
   kdiff3.priority = 1
 
   # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
   meld.priority = 0
 
   # Disable a preconfigured tool
   vimdiff.disabled = yes
 
   # Define new tool
   myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
   myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
   myHtmlTool.priority = 1
 
 Supported arguments:
 
 ``priority``
   The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
   (default: 0)
 
 ``executable``
   Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
 
   .. container:: windows
 
     On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
     syntax.
 
   (default: the tool name)
 
 ``args``
   The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
   files being merged as well as the output file through these
   variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``. The meaning
   of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is being
   performed. During and update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
   state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating
   to or the commit you are merging with. During a rebase ``$local``
   represents the destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the
   commit being rebased.
   (default: ``$local $base $other``)
 
 ``premerge``
   Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
   launching external tool.  Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or
   ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the
   premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information
   about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in
   :hg:`help merge-tools`).
   (default: True)
 
 ``binary``
   This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
   was selected by file pattern match)
 
 ``symlink``
   This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
 
 ``check``
   A list of merge success-checking options:
 
   ``changed``
     Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
   ``conflicts``
     Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
   ``prompt``
     Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
 
 ``fixeol``
   Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
   (default: False)
 
 ``gui``
   This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
 
 .. container:: windows
 
   ``regkey``
     Windows registry key which describes install location of this
     tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
     ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
     (default: None)
 
   ``regkeyalt``
     An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
     found.  The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
     semantics of the primary key.  The most common use for this key
     is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
     (default: None)
 
   ``regname``
     Name of value to read from specified registry key.
     (default: the unnamed (default) value)
 
   ``regappend``
     String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
     the executable name of the tool.
     (default: None)
 
 ``pager``
 ---------
 
 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
 :hg:`help pager` for details.
 
 ``pager``
     Define the external tool used as pager.
 
     If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
     If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
     used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
 
       [pager]
       pager = less -FRX
 
 ``ignore``
     List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
 
       [pager]
       ignore = version, help, update
 
 ``patch``
 ---------
 
 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
 
 ``eol``
     When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
     are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
     lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
     normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
     ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
     endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
     on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
     of line, patch line endings are preserved.
     (default: strict)
 
 ``fuzz``
     The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
     controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
     trying to apply a patch.
     (default: 2)
 
 ``paths``
 ---------
 
 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
 
 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
 location of the repository. Example::
 
     [paths]
     my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
     local_path = /home/me/repo
 
 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
 :hg:`push local_path`.
 
 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
 behavior for that specific path. Example::
 
     [paths]
     my_server = https://example.com/my_path
     my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
 
 The following sub-options can be defined:
 
 ``pushurl``
    The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
    defined by the path's main entry is used.
 
 ``pushrev``
    A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
 
    When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
    defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
 
    For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
    revision by default.
 
    Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
    pushed.
 
 The following special named paths exist:
 
 ``default``
    The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
 
    :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
    repository was cloned from.
 
 ``default-push``
    (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
    ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
 
 ``phases``
 ----------
 
 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
 information about working with phases.
 
 ``publish``
     Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
     pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
     pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
     (default: True)
 
 ``new-commit``
     Phase of newly-created commits.
     (default: draft)
 
 ``checksubrepos``
     Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
     values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
     "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
     checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
     greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
     "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
     either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
     used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
     (default: follow)
 
 
 ``profiling``
 -------------
 
 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
 profiler (named ``stat``).
 
 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
 statistical text report generated from the profiling data. The
 profiling is done using lsprof.
 
 ``enabled``
     Enable the profiler.
     (default: false)
 
     This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
 
 ``type``
     The type of profiler to use.
     (default: stat)
 
     ``ls``
       Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
       works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
       first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
       identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
     ``stat``
       Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
       useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
       seconds.
 
 ``format``
     Profiling format.  Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
     (default: text)
 
     ``text``
       Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
       noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
       not kept.
     ``kcachegrind``
       Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
       file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
       kcachegrind.
 
 ``statformat``
     Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
     (default: hotpath)
 
     ``hotpath``
       Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
       most time was spent).
     ``bymethod``
       Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
     ``byline``
       Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
     ``json``
       Render profiling data as JSON.
 
 ``frequency``
     Sampling frequency.  Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
     (default: 1000)
 
 ``output``
     File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
     file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
     stderr)
 
 ``sort``
     Sort field.  Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
     One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
     ``inlinetime``.
     (default: inlinetime)
 
 ``limit``
     Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
     (default: 30)
 
 ``nested``
     Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
     This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
     Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
     (default: 5)
 
 ``showmin``
     Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
     Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
     ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
 
     Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
 
     For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
     For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
 
     The option is unused on other formats.
 
 ``showmax``
     Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
     display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
 
     Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
 
     For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
 
     The option is unused on other formats.
 
 ``progress``
 ------------
 
 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
 have a definite end point.
 
 ``delay``
     Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
 
 ``changedelay``
     Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
     that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
 
 ``refresh``
     Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
 
 ``format``
     Format of the progress bar.
 
     Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
     ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
     last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
     ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
     first num characters.
 
     (default: topic bar number estimate)
 
 ``width``
     If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
     term width) will be used).
 
 ``clear-complete``
     Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
 
 ``disable``
     If true, don't show a progress bar.
 
 ``assume-tty``
     If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
 
 ``rebase``
 ----------
 
 ``allowdivergence``
     Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
     rebase of obsolete changesets.
 
 ``revsetalias``
 ---------------
 
 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
 
 ``server``
 ----------
 
 Controls generic server settings.
 
 ``compressionengines``
     List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
     to clients.
 
     The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
     having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
     here, it won't be advertised to clients.
 
     If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
     :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
     default wire protocol priority.
 
     Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
     has no effect for legacy clients.
 
 ``uncompressed``
     Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
     uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
     data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
     server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
     WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
     regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
     about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
     extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
     the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
     (default: True)
 
 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
     Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
     changesets. (default: False)
 
 ``preferuncompressed``
     When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
     protocol. (default: False)
 
 ``disablefullbundle``
     When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
     If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
     are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
     (default: False)
 
 ``concurrent-push-mode``
     Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
 
     - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
       while the push was preparing. (default)
     - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
       affected while the push was preparing.
 
     This requires compatible client (version 4.3 and later). Old client will
     use 'strict'.
 
 ``validate``
     Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
     checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
     present. (default: False)
 
 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
     Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
     many bytes. (default: 1024)
 
 ``bundle1``
     Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
     exchange format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1gd``
     Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
     *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1.push``
     Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
     format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1gd.push``
     Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
     *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1.pull``
     Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
     format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1gd.pull``
     Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
     *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
 
     Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
     consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
     repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
     format can consume a lot of CPU.
 
 ``zliblevel``
     Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
     for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
     commands that send repository history data).
 
     The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
     likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
     maximum compression.
 
     Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
     bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
     but sends more bytes to clients.
 
     This option only impacts the HTTP server.
 
 ``zstdlevel``
     Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
     for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
     ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
 
     The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
     delivering better compression ratios.
 
     This option only impacts the HTTP server.
 
     See also ``server.zliblevel``.
 
 ``smtp``
 --------
 
 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
 
 ``host``
     Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
 
 ``port``
     Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
     ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
 
 ``tls``
     Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
     smtps or none. (default: none)
 
 ``username``
     Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
     (default: None)
 
 ``password``
     Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
     specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
     password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
 
 ``local_hostname``
     Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
     itself to the MTA.
 
 
 ``subpaths``
 ------------
 
 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
 rewrite rules of the form::
 
     <pattern> = <replacement>
 
 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
 ``replacements``. For instance::
 
     http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
 
 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
 
 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
 
 ``templatealias``
 -----------------
 
 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
 
 ``templates``
 -------------
 
 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
 
 ``trusted``
 -----------
 
 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
 section.
 
 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
 user or service running Mercurial.
 
 ``users``
   Comma-separated list of trusted users.
 
 ``groups``
   Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
 
 
 ``ui``
 ------
 
 User interface controls.
 
 ``archivemeta``
     Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
     (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
     by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
     (default: True)
 
 ``askusername``
     Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
     neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
     be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
     default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
     (default: False)
 
 ``clonebundles``
     Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
 
     When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
     bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
 
     This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
 
     (default: True)
 
 ``clonebundlefallback``
     Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
     should result in fallback to a regular clone.
 
     This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
     bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
     start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
     clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
     since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
     pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
     clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
     fails.
 
     (default: False)
 
 ``clonebundleprefers``
     Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
 
     Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
     bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
     type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
     bundle over another.
 
     The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
 
     BUNDLESPEC
        A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
        e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
 
     COMPRESSION
        The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
 
     Server operators may define custom keys.
 
     Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
     ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
 
     By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
 
 ``color``
     When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
     "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
     seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
 
 ``commitsubrepos``
     Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
     parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
     changes, abort the commit.
     (default: False)
 
 ``debug``
     Print debugging information. (default: False)
 
 ``editor``
     The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
 
 ``fallbackencoding``
     Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
     UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
 
 ``graphnodetemplate``
     The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
     (default: ``{graphnode}``)
 
 ``ignore``
     A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
     in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
     are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
     so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
     setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
     of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
 
 ``interactive``
     Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
 
 ``interface``
     Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
     Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
 
 ``interface.chunkselector``
     Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
     Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
     This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
 
 ``logtemplate``
     Template string for commands that print changesets.
 
 ``merge``
     The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
     For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
     For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
 
 ``mergemarkers``
     Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed``
     style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels.
     The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
     One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
     (default: ``basic``)
 
 ``mergemarkertemplate``
     The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
     marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
     format.
 
     Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
     the first line of the commit description.
 
     If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
     authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
     managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
     specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
     environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
     markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
     serious problems may occur.
 
 ``origbackuppath``
     The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
     not a directory, one will be created.
 
 ``paginate``
   Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
   for details.
 
 ``patch``
     An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
     will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
     internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
     Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
     argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
     current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
     from stdin.
 
     It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
     arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
     will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
 
 ``portablefilenames``
     Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
     (default: ``warn``)
 
     ``warn``
       Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
       filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
       Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
       characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
       file).
 
     ``ignore``
       Don't print a warning.
 
     ``abort``
       The command is aborted.
 
     ``true``
       Alias for ``warn``.
 
     ``false``
       Alias for ``ignore``.
 
     .. container:: windows
 
       On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
 
 ``quiet``
     Reduce the amount of output printed.
     (default: False)
 
 ``remotecmd``
     Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
     (default: ``hg``)
 
 ``report_untrusted``
     Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
     trusted user or group.
     (default: True)
 
 ``slash``
     Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
     only makes a difference on systems where the default path
     separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
     backslash character (``\``)).
     (default: False)
 
 ``statuscopies``
     Display copies in the status command.
 
 ``ssh``
     Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
 
 ``strict``
     Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
     abbreviations. (default: False)
 
 ``style``
     Name of style to use for command output.
 
 ``supportcontact``
     A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
     large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
     reports should be addressed to your internal support.
 
 ``textwidth``
     Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
     ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
     width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
     A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
     used. (default: 78)
 
 ``timeout``
     The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
     means no timeout. (default: 600)
 
 ``traceback``
     Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
     occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
     on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
     IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
 
 ``tweakdefaults``
 
     By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
     to release, but over time the recommended config settings
     shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
     Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
     effet if ``HGPLAIN` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
     not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
 
 ``username``
     The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
     Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
     <[e-mail]>``. Environment variables in the
     username are expanded.
 
     (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
     hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
     system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
     hgrc file)
 
 ``verbose``
     Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
 
 
 ``web``
 -------
 
 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
 and WSGI).
 
 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
 checks.
 
 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
 command line::
 
     $ hg --config web.allow_push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
 
 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
 that this should not be used for public servers.
 
 The full set of options is:
 
 ``accesslog``
     Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
 
 ``address``
     Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
 
 ``allow_archive``
     List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
     (default: empty)
 
 ``allowbz2``
     (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
     revisions.
     (default: False)
 
 ``allowgz``
     (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
     revisions.
     (default: False)
 
 ``allowpull``
     Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
 
 ``allow_push``
     Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
     pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
     user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
     remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
     user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
     allow_push list are examined after the deny_push list.
 
 ``allow_read``
     If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
     the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
     repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
     user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
     denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
     is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
     special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
     is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
     examined after the deny_read list.
 
 ``allowzip``
     (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
     revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
     (default: False)
 
 ``archivesubrepos``
     Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
     (default: False)
 
 ``baseurl``
     Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
     third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
     URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
 
 ``cacerts``
     Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
     authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
     constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
     client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
     with these certificates.
 
     To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
     command line.
 
     You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
     one. On most Linux systems this will be
     ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
     generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
 
         -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
         ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
         -----END CERTIFICATE-----
         -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
         ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
         -----END CERTIFICATE-----
 
 ``cache``
     Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
 
 ``certificate``
     Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
 
 ``collapse``
     With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
     a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
     ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
     the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
     lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
     collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
     into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
 
 ``comparisoncontext``
     Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
     negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
 
     This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
     ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
 
 ``contact``
     Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
     (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
 
 ``csp``
     Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
 
     The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
     by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
     ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
     one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
     ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
 
     Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
     data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
     "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
     threat model.
 
 ``deny_push``
     Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
     push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
     denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
     any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
     contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow_push list.
 
 ``deny_read``
     Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
     not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
     authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
     the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
     are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
     the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
     content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
     deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
     permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
     served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
     the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
     priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
     list.
 
 ``descend``
     hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
     directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
     available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
 
 ``description``
     Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
     (default: "unknown")
 
 ``encoding``
     Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
     Example: "UTF-8".
 
 ``errorlog``
     Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
 
 ``guessmime``
     Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
     Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
     extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
     allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
     repositories. (default: False)
 
 ``hidden``
     Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
     (default: False)
 
 ``ipv6``
     Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
 
 ``labels``
     List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
 
     Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
     output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
     by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
     if a specific label is present.
 
 ``logoimg``
     File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
     The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
     the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
     If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
 
 ``logourl``
     Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
     will be used.
 
 ``maxchanges``
     Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
 
 ``maxfiles``
     Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
 
 ``maxshortchanges``
     Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
     pages. (default: 60)
 
 ``name``
     Repository name to use in the web interface.
     (default: current working directory)
 
 ``port``
     Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
 
 ``prefix``
     Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
 
 ``push_ssl``
     Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
     prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
 
 ``refreshinterval``
     How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
     repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
     to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
     required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
 
     Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
     (default: 20)
 
 ``staticurl``
     Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
     hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
     this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
     Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
 
 ``stripes``
     How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
     Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
 
 ``style``
     Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
     subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
     Example: ``monoblue``.
 
 ``templates``
     Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
     can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
 
 ``websub``
 ----------
 
 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
 
 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
 
 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
 HTML (see the examples below).
 
 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
 
     patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
 
 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
 
 Examples::
 
     [websub]
     issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
     italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
     bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
 
 ``worker``
 ----------
 
 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
 helps performance.
 
 ``numcpus``
     Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
     negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
     (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
 
 ``backgroundclose``
     Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
     operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
     handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
     on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
     (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
 
 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
     Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
     Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
     threads.
     (default: 2048)
 
 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
     The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
     background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
     enabled.
     (default: 384)
 
 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
     Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
     ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
     (default: 4)

mercurial/mdiff.py

@@ -1,488 +1,491 b''
 # mdiff.py - diff and patch routines for mercurial
 #
 # Copyright 2005, 2006 Matt Mackall <[e-mail]>
 #
 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
 
 from __future__ import absolute_import
 
 import re
 import struct
 import zlib
 
 from .i18n import _
 from . import (
     error,
     policy,
     pycompat,
     util,
 )
 
 bdiff = policy.importmod(r'bdiff')
 mpatch = policy.importmod(r'mpatch')
 
 blocks = bdiff.blocks
 fixws = bdiff.fixws
 patches = mpatch.patches
 patchedsize = mpatch.patchedsize
 textdiff = bdiff.bdiff
 
 def splitnewlines(text):
     '''like str.splitlines, but only split on newlines.'''
     lines = [l + '\n' for l in text.split('\n')]
     if lines:
         if lines[-1] == '\n':
             lines.pop()
         else:
             lines[-1] = lines[-1][:-1]
     return lines
 
 class diffopts(object):
     '''context is the number of context lines
     text treats all files as text
     showfunc enables diff -p output
     git enables the git extended patch format
     nodates removes dates from diff headers
     nobinary ignores binary files
     noprefix disables the 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes (ignored in plain mode)
     ignorews ignores all whitespace changes in the diff
     ignorewsamount ignores changes in the amount of whitespace
     ignoreblanklines ignores changes whose lines are all blank
     upgrade generates git diffs to avoid data loss
     '''
 
     defaults = {
         'context': 3,
         'text': False,
         'showfunc': False,
         'git': False,
         'nodates': False,
         'nobinary': False,
         'noprefix': False,
         'index': 0,
         'ignorews': False,
         'ignorewsamount': False,
+        'ignorewseol': False,
         'ignoreblanklines': False,
         'upgrade': False,
         'showsimilarity': False,
         }
 
     def __init__(self, **opts):
         opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
         for k in self.defaults.keys():
             v = opts.get(k)
             if v is None:
                 v = self.defaults[k]
             setattr(self, k, v)
 
         try:
             self.context = int(self.context)
         except ValueError:
             raise error.Abort(_('diff context lines count must be '
                                'an integer, not %r') % self.context)
 
     def copy(self, **kwargs):
         opts = dict((k, getattr(self, k)) for k in self.defaults)
         opts = pycompat.strkwargs(opts)
         opts.update(kwargs)
         return diffopts(**opts)
 
 defaultopts = diffopts()
 
 def wsclean(opts, text, blank=True):
     if opts.ignorews:
         text = bdiff.fixws(text, 1)
     elif opts.ignorewsamount:
         text = bdiff.fixws(text, 0)
     if blank and opts.ignoreblanklines:
         text = re.sub('\n+', '\n', text).strip('\n')
+    if opts.ignorewseol:
+        text = re.sub(r'[ \t\r\f]+\n', r'\n', text)
     return text
 
 def splitblock(base1, lines1, base2, lines2, opts):
     # The input lines matches except for interwoven blank lines. We
     # transform it into a sequence of matching blocks and blank blocks.
     lines1 = [(wsclean(opts, l) and 1 or 0) for l in lines1]
     lines2 = [(wsclean(opts, l) and 1 or 0) for l in lines2]
     s1, e1 = 0, len(lines1)
     s2, e2 = 0, len(lines2)
     while s1 < e1 or s2 < e2:
         i1, i2, btype = s1, s2, '='
         if (i1 >= e1 or lines1[i1] == 0
             or i2 >= e2 or lines2[i2] == 0):
             # Consume the block of blank lines
             btype = '~'
             while i1 < e1 and lines1[i1] == 0:
                 i1 += 1
             while i2 < e2 and lines2[i2] == 0:
                 i2 += 1
         else:
             # Consume the matching lines
             while i1 < e1 and lines1[i1] == 1 and lines2[i2] == 1:
                 i1 += 1
                 i2 += 1
         yield [base1 + s1, base1 + i1, base2 + s2, base2 + i2], btype
         s1 = i1
         s2 = i2
 
 def hunkinrange(hunk, linerange):
     """Return True if `hunk` defined as (start, length) is in `linerange`
     defined as (lowerbound, upperbound).
 
     >>> hunkinrange((5, 10), (2, 7))
     True
     >>> hunkinrange((5, 10), (6, 12))
     True
     >>> hunkinrange((5, 10), (13, 17))
     True
     >>> hunkinrange((5, 10), (3, 17))
     True
     >>> hunkinrange((5, 10), (1, 3))
     False
     >>> hunkinrange((5, 10), (18, 20))
     False
     >>> hunkinrange((5, 10), (1, 5))
     False
     >>> hunkinrange((5, 10), (15, 27))
     False
     """
     start, length = hunk
     lowerbound, upperbound = linerange
     return lowerbound < start + length and start < upperbound
 
 def blocksinrange(blocks, rangeb):
     """filter `blocks` like (a1, a2, b1, b2) from items outside line range
     `rangeb` from ``(b1, b2)`` point of view.
 
     Return `filteredblocks, rangea` where:
 
     * `filteredblocks` is list of ``block = (a1, a2, b1, b2), stype`` items of
       `blocks` that are inside `rangeb` from ``(b1, b2)`` point of view; a
       block ``(b1, b2)`` being inside `rangeb` if
       ``rangeb[0] < b2 and b1 < rangeb[1]``;
     * `rangea` is the line range w.r.t. to ``(a1, a2)`` parts of `blocks`.
     """
     lbb, ubb = rangeb
     lba, uba = None, None
     filteredblocks = []
     for block in blocks:
         (a1, a2, b1, b2), stype = block
         if lbb >= b1 and ubb <= b2 and stype == '=':
             # rangeb is within a single "=" hunk, restrict back linerange1
             # by offsetting rangeb
             lba = lbb - b1 + a1
             uba = ubb - b1 + a1
         else:
             if b1 <= lbb < b2:
                 if stype == '=':
                     lba = a2 - (b2 - lbb)
                 else:
                     lba = a1
             if b1 < ubb <= b2:
                 if stype == '=':
                     uba = a1 + (ubb - b1)
                 else:
                     uba = a2
         if hunkinrange((b1, (b2 - b1)), rangeb):
             filteredblocks.append(block)
     if lba is None or uba is None or uba < lba:
         raise error.Abort(_('line range exceeds file size'))
     return filteredblocks, (lba, uba)
 
 def allblocks(text1, text2, opts=None, lines1=None, lines2=None):
     """Return (block, type) tuples, where block is an mdiff.blocks
     line entry. type is '=' for blocks matching exactly one another
     (bdiff blocks), '!' for non-matching blocks and '~' for blocks
     matching only after having filtered blank lines.
     line1 and line2 are text1 and text2 split with splitnewlines() if
     they are already available.
     """
     if opts is None:
         opts = defaultopts
-    if opts.ignorews or opts.ignorewsamount:
+    if opts.ignorews or opts.ignorewsamount or opts.ignorewseol:
         text1 = wsclean(opts, text1, False)
         text2 = wsclean(opts, text2, False)
     diff = bdiff.blocks(text1, text2)
     for i, s1 in enumerate(diff):
         # The first match is special.
         # we've either found a match starting at line 0 or a match later
         # in the file.  If it starts later, old and new below will both be
         # empty and we'll continue to the next match.
         if i > 0:
             s = diff[i - 1]
         else:
             s = [0, 0, 0, 0]
         s = [s[1], s1[0], s[3], s1[2]]
 
         # bdiff sometimes gives huge matches past eof, this check eats them,
         # and deals with the special first match case described above
         if s[0] != s[1] or s[2] != s[3]:
             type = '!'
             if opts.ignoreblanklines:
                 if lines1 is None:
                     lines1 = splitnewlines(text1)
                 if lines2 is None:
                     lines2 = splitnewlines(text2)
                 old = wsclean(opts, "".join(lines1[s[0]:s[1]]))
                 new = wsclean(opts, "".join(lines2[s[2]:s[3]]))
                 if old == new:
                     type = '~'
             yield s, type
         yield s1, '='
 
 def unidiff(a, ad, b, bd, fn1, fn2, opts=defaultopts):
     """Return a unified diff as a (headers, hunks) tuple.
 
     If the diff is not null, `headers` is a list with unified diff header
     lines "--- <original>" and "+++ <new>" and `hunks` is a generator yielding
     (hunkrange, hunklines) coming from _unidiff().
     Otherwise, `headers` and `hunks` are empty.
     """
     def datetag(date, fn=None):
         if not opts.git and not opts.nodates:
             return '\t%s' % date
         if fn and ' ' in fn:
             return '\t'
         return ''
 
     sentinel = [], ()
     if not a and not b:
         return sentinel
 
     if opts.noprefix:
         aprefix = bprefix = ''
     else:
         aprefix = 'a/'
         bprefix = 'b/'
 
     epoch = util.datestr((0, 0))
 
     fn1 = util.pconvert(fn1)
     fn2 = util.pconvert(fn2)
 
     def checknonewline(lines):
         for text in lines:
             if text[-1:] != '\n':
                 text += "\n\ No newline at end of file\n"
             yield text
 
     if not opts.text and (util.binary(a) or util.binary(b)):
         if a and b and len(a) == len(b) and a == b:
             return sentinel
         headerlines = []
         hunks = (None, ['Binary file %s has changed\n' % fn1]),
     elif not a:
         b = splitnewlines(b)
         if a is None:
             l1 = '--- /dev/null%s' % datetag(epoch)
         else:
             l1 = "--- %s%s%s" % (aprefix, fn1, datetag(ad, fn1))
         l2 = "+++ %s%s" % (bprefix + fn2, datetag(bd, fn2))
         headerlines = [l1, l2]
         size = len(b)
         hunkrange = (0, 0, 1, size)
         hunklines = ["@@ -0,0 +1,%d @@\n" % size] + ["+" + e for e in b]
         hunks = (hunkrange, checknonewline(hunklines)),
     elif not b:
         a = splitnewlines(a)
         l1 = "--- %s%s%s" % (aprefix, fn1, datetag(ad, fn1))
         if b is None:
             l2 = '+++ /dev/null%s' % datetag(epoch)
         else:
             l2 = "+++ %s%s%s" % (bprefix, fn2, datetag(bd, fn2))
         headerlines = [l1, l2]
         size = len(a)
         hunkrange = (1, size, 0, 0)
         hunklines = ["@@ -1,%d +0,0 @@\n" % size] + ["-" + e for e in a]
         hunks = (hunkrange, checknonewline(hunklines)),
     else:
         diffhunks = _unidiff(a, b, opts=opts)
         try:
             hunkrange, hunklines = next(diffhunks)
         except StopIteration:
             return sentinel
 
         headerlines = [
             "--- %s%s%s" % (aprefix, fn1, datetag(ad, fn1)),
             "+++ %s%s%s" % (bprefix, fn2, datetag(bd, fn2)),
         ]
         def rewindhunks():
             yield hunkrange, checknonewline(hunklines)
             for hr, hl in diffhunks:
                 yield hr, checknonewline(hl)
 
         hunks = rewindhunks()
 
     return headerlines, hunks
 
 def _unidiff(t1, t2, opts=defaultopts):
     """Yield hunks of a headerless unified diff from t1 and t2 texts.
 
     Each hunk consists of a (hunkrange, hunklines) tuple where `hunkrange` is a
     tuple (s1, l1, s2, l2) representing the range information of the hunk to
     form the '@@ -s1,l1 +s2,l2 @@' header and `hunklines` is a list of lines
     of the hunk combining said header followed by line additions and
     deletions.
     """
     l1 = splitnewlines(t1)
     l2 = splitnewlines(t2)
     def contextend(l, len):
         ret = l + opts.context
         if ret > len:
             ret = len
         return ret
 
     def contextstart(l):
         ret = l - opts.context
         if ret < 0:
             return 0
         return ret
 
     lastfunc = [0, '']
     def yieldhunk(hunk):
         (astart, a2, bstart, b2, delta) = hunk
         aend = contextend(a2, len(l1))
         alen = aend - astart
         blen = b2 - bstart + aend - a2
 
         func = ""
         if opts.showfunc:
             lastpos, func = lastfunc
             # walk backwards from the start of the context up to the start of
             # the previous hunk context until we find a line starting with an
             # alphanumeric char.
             for i in xrange(astart - 1, lastpos - 1, -1):
                 if l1[i][0].isalnum():
                     func = ' ' + l1[i].rstrip()[:40]
                     lastfunc[1] = func
                     break
             # by recording this hunk's starting point as the next place to
             # start looking for function lines, we avoid reading any line in
             # the file more than once.
             lastfunc[0] = astart
 
         # zero-length hunk ranges report their start line as one less
         if alen:
             astart += 1
         if blen:
             bstart += 1
 
         hunkrange = astart, alen, bstart, blen
         hunklines = (
             ["@@ -%d,%d +%d,%d @@%s\n" % (hunkrange + (func,))]
             + delta
             + [' ' + l1[x] for x in xrange(a2, aend)]
         )
         yield hunkrange, hunklines
 
     # bdiff.blocks gives us the matching sequences in the files.  The loop
     # below finds the spaces between those matching sequences and translates
     # them into diff output.
     #
     hunk = None
     ignoredlines = 0
     for s, stype in allblocks(t1, t2, opts, l1, l2):
         a1, a2, b1, b2 = s
         if stype != '!':
             if stype == '~':
                 # The diff context lines are based on t1 content. When
                 # blank lines are ignored, the new lines offsets must
                 # be adjusted as if equivalent blocks ('~') had the
                 # same sizes on both sides.
                 ignoredlines += (b2 - b1) - (a2 - a1)
             continue
         delta = []
         old = l1[a1:a2]
         new = l2[b1:b2]
 
         b1 -= ignoredlines
         b2 -= ignoredlines
         astart = contextstart(a1)
         bstart = contextstart(b1)
         prev = None
         if hunk:
             # join with the previous hunk if it falls inside the context
             if astart < hunk[1] + opts.context + 1:
                 prev = hunk
                 astart = hunk[1]
                 bstart = hunk[3]
             else:
                 for x in yieldhunk(hunk):
                     yield x
         if prev:
             # we've joined the previous hunk, record the new ending points.
             hunk[1] = a2
             hunk[3] = b2
             delta = hunk[4]
         else:
             # create a new hunk
             hunk = [astart, a2, bstart, b2, delta]
 
         delta[len(delta):] = [' ' + x for x in l1[astart:a1]]
         delta[len(delta):] = ['-' + x for x in old]
         delta[len(delta):] = ['+' + x for x in new]
 
     if hunk:
         for x in yieldhunk(hunk):
             yield x
 
 def b85diff(to, tn):
     '''print base85-encoded binary diff'''
     def fmtline(line):
         l = len(line)
         if l <= 26:
             l = chr(ord('A') + l - 1)
         else:
             l = chr(l - 26 + ord('a') - 1)
         return '%c%s\n' % (l, util.b85encode(line, True))
 
     def chunk(text, csize=52):
         l = len(text)
         i = 0
         while i < l:
             yield text[i:i + csize]
             i += csize
 
     if to is None:
         to = ''
     if tn is None:
         tn = ''
 
     if to == tn:
         return ''
 
     # TODO: deltas
     ret = []
     ret.append('GIT binary patch\n')
     ret.append('literal %s\n' % len(tn))
     for l in chunk(zlib.compress(tn)):
         ret.append(fmtline(l))
     ret.append('\n')
 
     return ''.join(ret)
 
 def patchtext(bin):
     pos = 0
     t = []
     while pos < len(bin):
         p1, p2, l = struct.unpack(">lll", bin[pos:pos + 12])
         pos += 12
         t.append(bin[pos:pos + l])
         pos += l
     return "".join(t)
 
 def patch(a, bin):
     if len(a) == 0:
         # skip over trivial delta header
         return util.buffer(bin, 12)
     return mpatch.patches(a, [bin])
 
 # similar to difflib.SequenceMatcher.get_matching_blocks
 def get_matching_blocks(a, b):
     return [(d[0], d[2], d[1] - d[0]) for d in bdiff.blocks(a, b)]
 
 def trivialdiffheader(length):
     return struct.pack(">lll", 0, 0, length) if length else ''
 
 def replacediffheader(oldlen, newlen):
     return struct.pack(">lll", 0, oldlen, newlen)

mercurial/patch.py

@@ -1,2793 +1,2794 b''
 # patch.py - patch file parsing routines
 #
 # Copyright 2006 Brendan Cully <[e-mail]>
 # Copyright 2007 Chris Mason <[e-mail]>
 #
 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
 
 from __future__ import absolute_import
 
 import collections
 import copy
 import email
 import errno
 import hashlib
 import os
 import posixpath
 import re
 import shutil
 import tempfile
 import zlib
 
 from .i18n import _
 from .node import (
     hex,
     short,
 )
 from . import (
     copies,
     encoding,
     error,
     mail,
     mdiff,
     pathutil,
     policy,
     pycompat,
     scmutil,
     similar,
     util,
     vfs as vfsmod,
 )
 
 diffhelpers = policy.importmod(r'diffhelpers')
 stringio = util.stringio
 
 gitre = re.compile(br'diff --git a/(.*) b/(.*)')
 tabsplitter = re.compile(br'(\t+|[^\t]+)')
 
 class PatchError(Exception):
     pass
 
 
 # public functions
 
 def split(stream):
     '''return an iterator of individual patches from a stream'''
     def isheader(line, inheader):
         if inheader and line[0] in (' ', '\t'):
             # continuation
             return True
         if line[0] in (' ', '-', '+'):
             # diff line - don't check for header pattern in there
             return False
         l = line.split(': ', 1)
         return len(l) == 2 and ' ' not in l[0]
 
     def chunk(lines):
         return stringio(''.join(lines))
 
     def hgsplit(stream, cur):
         inheader = True
 
         for line in stream:
             if not line.strip():
                 inheader = False
             if not inheader and line.startswith('# HG changeset patch'):
                 yield chunk(cur)
                 cur = []
                 inheader = True
 
             cur.append(line)
 
         if cur:
             yield chunk(cur)
 
     def mboxsplit(stream, cur):
         for line in stream:
             if line.startswith('From '):
                 for c in split(chunk(cur[1:])):
                     yield c
                 cur = []
 
             cur.append(line)
 
         if cur:
             for c in split(chunk(cur[1:])):
                 yield c
 
     def mimesplit(stream, cur):
         def msgfp(m):
             fp = stringio()
             g = email.Generator.Generator(fp, mangle_from_=False)
             g.flatten(m)
             fp.seek(0)
             return fp
 
         for line in stream:
             cur.append(line)
         c = chunk(cur)
 
         m = email.Parser.Parser().parse(c)
         if not m.is_multipart():
             yield msgfp(m)
         else:
             ok_types = ('text/plain', 'text/x-diff', 'text/x-patch')
             for part in m.walk():
                 ct = part.get_content_type()
                 if ct not in ok_types:
                     continue
                 yield msgfp(part)
 
     def headersplit(stream, cur):
         inheader = False
 
         for line in stream:
             if not inheader and isheader(line, inheader):
                 yield chunk(cur)
                 cur = []
                 inheader = True
             if inheader and not isheader(line, inheader):
                 inheader = False
 
             cur.append(line)
 
         if cur:
             yield chunk(cur)
 
     def remainder(cur):
         yield chunk(cur)
 
     class fiter(object):
         def __init__(self, fp):
             self.fp = fp
 
         def __iter__(self):
             return self
 
         def next(self):
             l = self.fp.readline()
             if not l:
                 raise StopIteration
             return l
 
     inheader = False
     cur = []
 
     mimeheaders = ['content-type']
 
     if not util.safehasattr(stream, 'next'):
         # http responses, for example, have readline but not next
         stream = fiter(stream)
 
     for line in stream:
         cur.append(line)
         if line.startswith('# HG changeset patch'):
             return hgsplit(stream, cur)
         elif line.startswith('From '):
             return mboxsplit(stream, cur)
         elif isheader(line, inheader):
             inheader = True
             if line.split(':', 1)[0].lower() in mimeheaders:
                 # let email parser handle this
                 return mimesplit(stream, cur)
         elif line.startswith('--- ') and inheader:
             # No evil headers seen by diff start, split by hand
             return headersplit(stream, cur)
         # Not enough info, keep reading
 
     # if we are here, we have a very plain patch
     return remainder(cur)
 
 ## Some facility for extensible patch parsing:
 # list of pairs ("header to match", "data key")
 patchheadermap = [('Date', 'date'),
                   ('Branch', 'branch'),
                   ('Node ID', 'nodeid'),
                  ]
 
 def extract(ui, fileobj):
     '''extract patch from data read from fileobj.
 
     patch can be a normal patch or contained in an email message.
 
     return a dictionary. Standard keys are:
       - filename,
       - message,
       - user,
       - date,
       - branch,
       - node,
       - p1,
       - p2.
     Any item can be missing from the dictionary. If filename is missing,
     fileobj did not contain a patch. Caller must unlink filename when done.'''
 
     # attempt to detect the start of a patch
     # (this heuristic is borrowed from quilt)
     diffre = re.compile(r'^(?:Index:[ \t]|diff[ \t]|RCS file: |'
                         r'retrieving revision [0-9]+(\.[0-9]+)*$|'
                         r'---[ \t].*?^\+\+\+[ \t]|'
                         r'\*\*\*[ \t].*?^---[ \t])', re.MULTILINE|re.DOTALL)
 
     data = {}
     fd, tmpname = tempfile.mkstemp(prefix='hg-patch-')
     tmpfp = os.fdopen(fd, pycompat.sysstr('w'))
     try:
         msg = email.Parser.Parser().parse(fileobj)
 
         subject = msg['Subject'] and mail.headdecode(msg['Subject'])
         data['user'] = msg['From'] and mail.headdecode(msg['From'])
         if not subject and not data['user']:
             # Not an email, restore parsed headers if any
             subject = '\n'.join(': '.join(h) for h in msg.items()) + '\n'
 
         # should try to parse msg['Date']
         parents = []
 
         if subject:
             if subject.startswith('[PATCH'):
                 pend = subject.find(']')
                 if pend >= 0:
                     subject = subject[pend + 1:].lstrip()
             subject = re.sub(r'\n[ \t]+', ' ', subject)
             ui.debug('Subject: %s\n' % subject)
         if data['user']:
             ui.debug('From: %s\n' % data['user'])
         diffs_seen = 0
         ok_types = ('text/plain', 'text/x-diff', 'text/x-patch')
         message = ''
         for part in msg.walk():
             content_type = part.get_content_type()
             ui.debug('Content-Type: %s\n' % content_type)
             if content_type not in ok_types:
                 continue
             payload = part.get_payload(decode=True)
             m = diffre.search(payload)
             if m:
                 hgpatch = False
                 hgpatchheader = False
                 ignoretext = False
 
                 ui.debug('found patch at byte %d\n' % m.start(0))
                 diffs_seen += 1
                 cfp = stringio()
                 for line in payload[:m.start(0)].splitlines():
                     if line.startswith('# HG changeset patch') and not hgpatch:
                         ui.debug('patch generated by hg export\n')
                         hgpatch = True
                         hgpatchheader = True
                         # drop earlier commit message content
                         cfp.seek(0)
                         cfp.truncate()
                         subject = None
                     elif hgpatchheader:
                         if line.startswith('# User '):
                             data['user'] = line[7:]
                             ui.debug('From: %s\n' % data['user'])
                         elif line.startswith("# Parent "):
                             parents.append(line[9:].lstrip())
                         elif line.startswith("# "):
                             for header, key in patchheadermap:
                                 prefix = '# %s ' % header
                                 if line.startswith(prefix):
                                     data[key] = line[len(prefix):]
                         else:
                             hgpatchheader = False
                     elif line == '---':
                         ignoretext = True
                     if not hgpatchheader and not ignoretext:
                         cfp.write(line)
                         cfp.write('\n')
                 message = cfp.getvalue()
                 if tmpfp:
                     tmpfp.write(payload)
                     if not payload.endswith('\n'):
                         tmpfp.write('\n')
             elif not diffs_seen and message and content_type == 'text/plain':
                 message += '\n' + payload
     except: # re-raises
         tmpfp.close()
         os.unlink(tmpname)
         raise
 
     if subject and not message.startswith(subject):
         message = '%s\n%s' % (subject, message)
     data['message'] = message
     tmpfp.close()
     if parents:
         data['p1'] = parents.pop(0)
         if parents:
             data['p2'] = parents.pop(0)
 
     if diffs_seen:
         data['filename'] = tmpname
     else:
         os.unlink(tmpname)
     return data
 
 class patchmeta(object):
     """Patched file metadata
 
     'op' is the performed operation within ADD, DELETE, RENAME, MODIFY
     or COPY.  'path' is patched file path. 'oldpath' is set to the
     origin file when 'op' is either COPY or RENAME, None otherwise. If
     file mode is changed, 'mode' is a tuple (islink, isexec) where
     'islink' is True if the file is a symlink and 'isexec' is True if
     the file is executable. Otherwise, 'mode' is None.
     """
     def __init__(self, path):
         self.path = path
         self.oldpath = None
         self.mode = None
         self.op = 'MODIFY'
         self.binary = False
 
     def setmode(self, mode):
         islink = mode & 0o20000
         isexec = mode & 0o100
         self.mode = (islink, isexec)
 
     def copy(self):
         other = patchmeta(self.path)
         other.oldpath = self.oldpath
         other.mode = self.mode
         other.op = self.op
         other.binary = self.binary
         return other
 
     def _ispatchinga(self, afile):
         if afile == '/dev/null':
             return self.op == 'ADD'
         return afile == 'a/' + (self.oldpath or self.path)
 
     def _ispatchingb(self, bfile):
         if bfile == '/dev/null':
             return self.op == 'DELETE'
         return bfile == 'b/' + self.path
 
     def ispatching(self, afile, bfile):
         return self._ispatchinga(afile) and self._ispatchingb(bfile)
 
     def __repr__(self):
         return "<patchmeta %s %r>" % (self.op, self.path)
 
 def readgitpatch(lr):
     """extract git-style metadata about patches from <patchname>"""
 
     # Filter patch for git information
     gp = None
     gitpatches = []
     for line in lr:
         line = line.rstrip(' \r\n')
         if line.startswith('diff --git a/'):
             m = gitre.match(line)
             if m:
                 if gp:
                     gitpatches.append(gp)
                 dst = m.group(2)
                 gp = patchmeta(dst)
         elif gp:
             if line.startswith('--- '):
                 gitpatches.append(gp)
                 gp = None
                 continue
             if line.startswith('rename from '):
                 gp.op = 'RENAME'
                 gp.oldpath = line[12:]
             elif line.startswith('rename to '):
                 gp.path = line[10:]
             elif line.startswith('copy from '):
                 gp.op = 'COPY'
                 gp.oldpath = line[10:]
             elif line.startswith('copy to '):
                 gp.path = line[8:]
             elif line.startswith('deleted file'):
                 gp.op = 'DELETE'
             elif line.startswith('new file mode '):
                 gp.op = 'ADD'
                 gp.setmode(int(line[-6:], 8))
             elif line.startswith('new mode '):
                 gp.setmode(int(line[-6:], 8))
             elif line.startswith('GIT binary patch'):
                 gp.binary = True
     if gp:
         gitpatches.append(gp)
 
     return gitpatches
 
 class linereader(object):
     # simple class to allow pushing lines back into the input stream
     def __init__(self, fp):
         self.fp = fp
         self.buf = []
 
     def push(self, line):
         if line is not None:
             self.buf.append(line)
 
     def readline(self):
         if self.buf:
             l = self.buf[0]
             del self.buf[0]
             return l
         return self.fp.readline()
 
     def __iter__(self):
         return iter(self.readline, '')
 
 class abstractbackend(object):
     def __init__(self, ui):
         self.ui = ui
 
     def getfile(self, fname):
         """Return target file data and flags as a (data, (islink,
         isexec)) tuple. Data is None if file is missing/deleted.
         """
         raise NotImplementedError
 
     def setfile(self, fname, data, mode, copysource):
         """Write data to target file fname and set its mode. mode is a
         (islink, isexec) tuple. If data is None, the file content should
         be left unchanged. If the file is modified after being copied,
         copysource is set to the original file name.
         """
         raise NotImplementedError
 
     def unlink(self, fname):
         """Unlink target file."""
         raise NotImplementedError
 
     def writerej(self, fname, failed, total, lines):
         """Write rejected lines for fname. total is the number of hunks
         which failed to apply and total the total number of hunks for this
         files.
         """
         pass
 
     def exists(self, fname):
         raise NotImplementedError
 
     def close(self):
         raise NotImplementedError
 
 class fsbackend(abstractbackend):
     def __init__(self, ui, basedir):
         super(fsbackend, self).__init__(ui)
         self.opener = vfsmod.vfs(basedir)
 
     def getfile(self, fname):
         if self.opener.islink(fname):
             return (self.opener.readlink(fname), (True, False))
 
         isexec = False
         try:
             isexec = self.opener.lstat(fname).st_mode & 0o100 != 0
         except OSError as e:
             if e.errno != errno.ENOENT:
                 raise
         try:
             return (self.opener.read(fname), (False, isexec))
         except IOError as e:
             if e.errno != errno.ENOENT:
                 raise
             return None, None
 
     def setfile(self, fname, data, mode, copysource):
         islink, isexec = mode
         if data is None:
             self.opener.setflags(fname, islink, isexec)
             return
         if islink:
             self.opener.symlink(data, fname)
         else:
             self.opener.write(fname, data)
             if isexec:
                 self.opener.setflags(fname, False, True)
 
     def unlink(self, fname):
         self.opener.unlinkpath(fname, ignoremissing=True)
 
     def writerej(self, fname, failed, total, lines):
         fname = fname + ".rej"
         self.ui.warn(
             _("%d out of %d hunks FAILED -- saving rejects to file %s\n") %
             (failed, total, fname))
         fp = self.opener(fname, 'w')
         fp.writelines(lines)
         fp.close()
 
     def exists(self, fname):
         return self.opener.lexists(fname)
 
 class workingbackend(fsbackend):
     def __init__(self, ui, repo, similarity):
         super(workingbackend, self).__init__(ui, repo.root)
         self.repo = repo
         self.similarity = similarity
         self.removed = set()
         self.changed = set()
         self.copied = []
 
     def _checkknown(self, fname):
         if self.repo.dirstate[fname] == '?' and self.exists(fname):
             raise PatchError(_('cannot patch %s: file is not tracked') % fname)
 
     def setfile(self, fname, data, mode, copysource):
         self._checkknown(fname)
         super(workingbackend, self).setfile(fname, data, mode, copysource)
         if copysource is not None:
             self.copied.append((copysource, fname))
         self.changed.add(fname)
 
     def unlink(self, fname):
         self._checkknown(fname)
         super(workingbackend, self).unlink(fname)
         self.removed.add(fname)
         self.changed.add(fname)
 
     def close(self):
         wctx = self.repo[None]
         changed = set(self.changed)
         for src, dst in self.copied:
             scmutil.dirstatecopy(self.ui, self.repo, wctx, src, dst)
         if self.removed:
             wctx.forget(sorted(self.removed))
             for f in self.removed:
                 if f not in self.repo.dirstate:
                     # File was deleted and no longer belongs to the
                     # dirstate, it was probably marked added then
                     # deleted, and should not be considered by
                     # marktouched().
                     changed.discard(f)
         if changed:
             scmutil.marktouched(self.repo, changed, self.similarity)
         return sorted(self.changed)
 
 class filestore(object):
     def __init__(self, maxsize=None):
         self.opener = None
         self.files = {}
         self.created = 0
         self.maxsize = maxsize
         if self.maxsize is None:
             self.maxsize = 4*(2**20)
         self.size = 0
         self.data = {}
 
     def setfile(self, fname, data, mode, copied=None):
         if self.maxsize < 0 or (len(data) + self.size) <= self.maxsize:
             self.data[fname] = (data, mode, copied)
             self.size += len(data)
         else:
             if self.opener is None:
                 root = tempfile.mkdtemp(prefix='hg-patch-')
                 self.opener = vfsmod.vfs(root)
             # Avoid filename issues with these simple names
             fn = str(self.created)
             self.opener.write(fn, data)
             self.created += 1
             self.files[fname] = (fn, mode, copied)
 
     def getfile(self, fname):
         if fname in self.data:
             return self.data[fname]
         if not self.opener or fname not in self.files:
             return None, None, None
         fn, mode, copied = self.files[fname]
         return self.opener.read(fn), mode, copied
 
     def close(self):
         if self.opener:
             shutil.rmtree(self.opener.base)
 
 class repobackend(abstractbackend):
     def __init__(self, ui, repo, ctx, store):
         super(repobackend, self).__init__(ui)
         self.repo = repo
         self.ctx = ctx
         self.store = store
         self.changed = set()
         self.removed = set()
         self.copied = {}
 
     def _checkknown(self, fname):
         if fname not in self.ctx:
             raise PatchError(_('cannot patch %s: file is not tracked') % fname)
 
     def getfile(self, fname):
         try:
             fctx = self.ctx[fname]
         except error.LookupError:
             return None, None
         flags = fctx.flags()
         return fctx.data(), ('l' in flags, 'x' in flags)
 
     def setfile(self, fname, data, mode, copysource):
         if copysource:
             self._checkknown(copysource)
         if data is None:
             data = self.ctx[fname].data()
         self.store.setfile(fname, data, mode, copysource)
         self.changed.add(fname)
         if copysource:
             self.copied[fname] = copysource
 
     def unlink(self, fname):
         self._checkknown(fname)
         self.removed.add(fname)
 
     def exists(self, fname):
         return fname in self.ctx
 
     def close(self):
         return self.changed | self.removed
 
 # @@ -start,len +start,len @@ or @@ -start +start @@ if len is 1
 unidesc = re.compile('@@ -(\d+)(?:,(\d+))? \+(\d+)(?:,(\d+))? @@')
 contextdesc = re.compile('(?:---|\*\*\*) (\d+)(?:,(\d+))? (?:---|\*\*\*)')
 eolmodes = ['strict', 'crlf', 'lf', 'auto']
 
 class patchfile(object):
     def __init__(self, ui, gp, backend, store, eolmode='strict'):
         self.fname = gp.path
         self.eolmode = eolmode
         self.eol = None
         self.backend = backend
         self.ui = ui
         self.lines = []
         self.exists = False
         self.missing = True
         self.mode = gp.mode
         self.copysource = gp.oldpath
         self.create = gp.op in ('ADD', 'COPY', 'RENAME')
         self.remove = gp.op == 'DELETE'
         if self.copysource is None:
             data, mode = backend.getfile(self.fname)
         else:
             data, mode = store.getfile(self.copysource)[:2]
         if data is not None:
             self.exists = self.copysource is None or backend.exists(self.fname)
             self.missing = False
             if data:
                 self.lines = mdiff.splitnewlines(data)
             if self.mode is None:
                 self.mode = mode
             if self.lines:
                 # Normalize line endings
                 if self.lines[0].endswith('\r\n'):
                     self.eol = '\r\n'
                 elif self.lines[0].endswith('\n'):
                     self.eol = '\n'
                 if eolmode != 'strict':
                     nlines = []
                     for l in self.lines:
                         if l.endswith('\r\n'):
                             l = l[:-2] + '\n'
                         nlines.append(l)
                     self.lines = nlines
         else:
             if self.create:
                 self.missing = False
             if self.mode is None:
                 self.mode = (False, False)
         if self.missing:
             self.ui.warn(_("unable to find '%s' for patching\n") % self.fname)
             self.ui.warn(_("(use '--prefix' to apply patch relative to the "
                            "current directory)\n"))
 
         self.hash = {}
         self.dirty = 0
         self.offset = 0
         self.skew = 0
         self.rej = []
         self.fileprinted = False
         self.printfile(False)
         self.hunks = 0
 
     def writelines(self, fname, lines, mode):
         if self.eolmode == 'auto':
             eol = self.eol
         elif self.eolmode == 'crlf':
             eol = '\r\n'
         else:
             eol = '\n'
 
         if self.eolmode != 'strict' and eol and eol != '\n':
             rawlines = []
             for l in lines:
                 if l and l[-1] == '\n':
                     l = l[:-1] + eol
                 rawlines.append(l)
             lines = rawlines
 
         self.backend.setfile(fname, ''.join(lines), mode, self.copysource)
 
     def printfile(self, warn):
         if self.fileprinted:
             return
         if warn or self.ui.verbose:
             self.fileprinted = True
         s = _("patching file %s\n") % self.fname
         if warn:
             self.ui.warn(s)
         else:
             self.ui.note(s)
 
 
     def findlines(self, l, linenum):
         # looks through the hash and finds candidate lines.  The
         # result is a list of line numbers sorted based on distance
         # from linenum
 
         cand = self.hash.get(l, [])
         if len(cand) > 1:
             # resort our list of potentials forward then back.
             cand.sort(key=lambda x: abs(x - linenum))
         return cand
 
     def write_rej(self):
         # our rejects are a little different from patch(1).  This always
         # creates rejects in the same form as the original patch.  A file
         # header is inserted so that you can run the reject through patch again
         # without having to type the filename.
         if not self.rej:
             return
         base = os.path.basename(self.fname)
         lines = ["--- %s\n+++ %s\n" % (base, base)]
         for x in self.rej:
             for l in x.hunk:
                 lines.append(l)
                 if l[-1:] != '\n':
                     lines.append("\n\ No newline at end of file\n")
         self.backend.writerej(self.fname, len(self.rej), self.hunks, lines)
 
     def apply(self, h):
         if not h.complete():
             raise PatchError(_("bad hunk #%d %s (%d %d %d %d)") %
                             (h.number, h.desc, len(h.a), h.lena, len(h.b),
                             h.lenb))
 
         self.hunks += 1
 
         if self.missing:
             self.rej.append(h)
             return -1
 
         if self.exists and self.create:
             if self.copysource:
                 self.ui.warn(_("cannot create %s: destination already "
                                "exists\n") % self.fname)
             else:
                 self.ui.warn(_("file %s already exists\n") % self.fname)
             self.rej.append(h)
             return -1
 
         if isinstance(h, binhunk):
             if self.remove:
                 self.backend.unlink(self.fname)
             else:
                 l = h.new(self.lines)
                 self.lines[:] = l
                 self.offset += len(l)
                 self.dirty = True
             return 0
 
         horig = h
         if (self.eolmode in ('crlf', 'lf')
             or self.eolmode == 'auto' and self.eol):
             # If new eols are going to be normalized, then normalize
             # hunk data before patching. Otherwise, preserve input
             # line-endings.
             h = h.getnormalized()
 
         # fast case first, no offsets, no fuzz
         old, oldstart, new, newstart = h.fuzzit(0, False)
         oldstart += self.offset
         orig_start = oldstart
         # if there's skew we want to emit the "(offset %d lines)" even
         # when the hunk cleanly applies at start + skew, so skip the
         # fast case code
         if (self.skew == 0 and
             diffhelpers.testhunk(old, self.lines, oldstart) == 0):
             if self.remove:
                 self.backend.unlink(self.fname)
             else:
                 self.lines[oldstart:oldstart + len(old)] = new
                 self.offset += len(new) - len(old)
                 self.dirty = True
             return 0
 
         # ok, we couldn't match the hunk. Lets look for offsets and fuzz it
         self.hash = {}
         for x, s in enumerate(self.lines):
             self.hash.setdefault(s, []).append(x)
 
         for fuzzlen in xrange(self.ui.configint("patch", "fuzz") + 1):
             for toponly in [True, False]:
                 old, oldstart, new, newstart = h.fuzzit(fuzzlen, toponly)
                 oldstart = oldstart + self.offset + self.skew
                 oldstart = min(oldstart, len(self.lines))
                 if old:
                     cand = self.findlines(old[0][1:], oldstart)
                 else:
                     # Only adding lines with no or fuzzed context, just
                     # take the skew in account
                     cand = [oldstart]
 
                 for l in cand:
                     if not old or diffhelpers.testhunk(old, self.lines, l) == 0:
                         self.lines[l : l + len(old)] = new
                         self.offset += len(new) - len(old)
                         self.skew = l - orig_start
                         self.dirty = True
                         offset = l - orig_start - fuzzlen
                         if fuzzlen:
                             msg = _("Hunk #%d succeeded at %d "
                                     "with fuzz %d "
                                     "(offset %d lines).\n")
                             self.printfile(True)
                             self.ui.warn(msg %
                                 (h.number, l + 1, fuzzlen, offset))
                         else:
                             msg = _("Hunk #%d succeeded at %d "
                                     "(offset %d lines).\n")
                             self.ui.note(msg % (h.number, l + 1, offset))
                         return fuzzlen
         self.printfile(True)
         self.ui.warn(_("Hunk #%d FAILED at %d\n") % (h.number, orig_start))
         self.rej.append(horig)
         return -1
 
     def close(self):
         if self.dirty:
             self.writelines(self.fname, self.lines, self.mode)
         self.write_rej()
         return len(self.rej)
 
 class header(object):
     """patch header
     """
     diffgit_re = re.compile('diff --git a/(.*) b/(.*)$')
     diff_re = re.compile('diff -r .* (.*)$')
     allhunks_re = re.compile('(?:index|deleted file) ')
     pretty_re = re.compile('(?:new file|deleted file) ')
     special_re = re.compile('(?:index|deleted|copy|rename) ')
     newfile_re = re.compile('(?:new file)')
 
     def __init__(self, header):
         self.header = header
         self.hunks = []
 
     def binary(self):
         return any(h.startswith('index ') for h in self.header)
 
     def pretty(self, fp):
         for h in self.header:
             if h.startswith('index '):
                 fp.write(_('this modifies a binary file (all or nothing)\n'))
                 break
             if self.pretty_re.match(h):
                 fp.write(h)
                 if self.binary():
                     fp.write(_('this is a binary file\n'))
                 break
             if h.startswith('---'):
                 fp.write(_('%d hunks, %d lines changed\n') %
                          (len(self.hunks),
                           sum([max(h.added, h.removed) for h in self.hunks])))
                 break
             fp.write(h)
 
     def write(self, fp):
         fp.write(''.join(self.header))
 
     def allhunks(self):
         return any(self.allhunks_re.match(h) for h in self.header)
 
     def files(self):
         match = self.diffgit_re.match(self.header[0])
         if match:
             fromfile, tofile = match.groups()
             if fromfile == tofile:
                 return [fromfile]
             return [fromfile, tofile]
         else:
             return self.diff_re.match(self.header[0]).groups()
 
     def filename(self):
         return self.files()[-1]
 
     def __repr__(self):
         return '<header %s>' % (' '.join(map(repr, self.files())))
 
     def isnewfile(self):
         return any(self.newfile_re.match(h) for h in self.header)
 
     def special(self):
         # Special files are shown only at the header level and not at the hunk
         # level for example a file that has been deleted is a special file.
         # The user cannot change the content of the operation, in the case of
         # the deleted file he has to take the deletion or not take it, he
         # cannot take some of it.
         # Newly added files are special if they are empty, they are not special
         # if they have some content as we want to be able to change it
         nocontent = len(self.header) == 2
         emptynewfile = self.isnewfile() and nocontent
         return emptynewfile or \
                 any(self.special_re.match(h) for h in self.header)
 
 class recordhunk(object):
     """patch hunk
 
     XXX shouldn't we merge this with the other hunk class?
     """
 
     def __init__(self, header, fromline, toline, proc, before, hunk, after,
                  maxcontext=None):
         def trimcontext(lines, reverse=False):
             if maxcontext is not None:
                 delta = len(lines) - maxcontext
                 if delta > 0:
                     if reverse:
                         return delta, lines[delta:]
                     else:
                         return delta, lines[:maxcontext]
             return 0, lines
 
         self.header = header
         trimedbefore, self.before = trimcontext(before, True)
         self.fromline = fromline + trimedbefore
         self.toline = toline + trimedbefore
         _trimedafter, self.after = trimcontext(after, False)
         self.proc = proc
         self.hunk = hunk
         self.added, self.removed = self.countchanges(self.hunk)
 
     def __eq__(self, v):
         if not isinstance(v, recordhunk):
             return False
 
         return ((v.hunk == self.hunk) and
                 (v.proc == self.proc) and
                 (self.fromline == v.fromline) and
                 (self.header.files() == v.header.files()))
 
     def __hash__(self):
         return hash((tuple(self.hunk),
             tuple(self.header.files()),
             self.fromline,
             self.proc))
 
     def countchanges(self, hunk):
         """hunk -> (n+,n-)"""
         add = len([h for h in hunk if h[0] == '+'])
         rem = len([h for h in hunk if h[0] == '-'])
         return add, rem
 
     def reversehunk(self):
         """return another recordhunk which is the reverse of the hunk
 
         If this hunk is diff(A, B), the returned hunk is diff(B, A). To do
         that, swap fromline/toline and +/- signs while keep other things
         unchanged.
         """
         m = {'+': '-', '-': '+', '\\': '\\'}
         hunk = ['%s%s' % (m[l[0]], l[1:]) for l in self.hunk]
         return recordhunk(self.header, self.toline, self.fromline, self.proc,
                           self.before, hunk, self.after)
 
     def write(self, fp):
         delta = len(self.before) + len(self.after)
         if self.after and self.after[-1] == '\\ No newline at end of file\n':
             delta -= 1
         fromlen = delta + self.removed
         tolen = delta + self.added
         fp.write('@@ -%d,%d +%d,%d @@%s\n' %
                  (self.fromline, fromlen, self.toline, tolen,
                   self.proc and (' ' + self.proc)))
         fp.write(''.join(self.before + self.hunk + self.after))
 
     pretty = write
 
     def filename(self):
         return self.header.filename()
 
     def __repr__(self):
         return '<hunk %r@%d>' % (self.filename(), self.fromline)
 
 def filterpatch(ui, headers, operation=None):
     """Interactively filter patch chunks into applied-only chunks"""
     if operation is None:
         operation = 'record'
     messages = {
         'multiple': {
             'discard': _("discard change %d/%d to '%s'?"),
             'record': _("record change %d/%d to '%s'?"),
             'revert': _("revert change %d/%d to '%s'?"),
         }[operation],
         'single': {
             'discard': _("discard this change to '%s'?"),
             'record': _("record this change to '%s'?"),
             'revert': _("revert this change to '%s'?"),
         }[operation],
         'help': {
             'discard': _('[Ynesfdaq?]'
                          '$$ &Yes, discard this change'
                          '$$ &No, skip this change'
                          '$$ &Edit this change manually'
                          '$$ &Skip remaining changes to this file'
                          '$$ Discard remaining changes to this &file'
                          '$$ &Done, skip remaining changes and files'
                          '$$ Discard &all changes to all remaining files'
                          '$$ &Quit, discarding no changes'
                          '$$ &? (display help)'),
             'record': _('[Ynesfdaq?]'
                         '$$ &Yes, record this change'
                         '$$ &No, skip this change'
                         '$$ &Edit this change manually'
                         '$$ &Skip remaining changes to this file'
                         '$$ Record remaining changes to this &file'
                         '$$ &Done, skip remaining changes and files'
                         '$$ Record &all changes to all remaining files'
                         '$$ &Quit, recording no changes'
                         '$$ &? (display help)'),
             'revert': _('[Ynesfdaq?]'
                         '$$ &Yes, revert this change'
                         '$$ &No, skip this change'
                         '$$ &Edit this change manually'
                         '$$ &Skip remaining changes to this file'
                         '$$ Revert remaining changes to this &file'
                         '$$ &Done, skip remaining changes and files'
                         '$$ Revert &all changes to all remaining files'
                         '$$ &Quit, reverting no changes'
                         '$$ &? (display help)')
         }[operation]
     }
 
     def prompt(skipfile, skipall, query, chunk):
         """prompt query, and process base inputs
 
         - y/n for the rest of file
         - y/n for the rest
         - ? (help)
         - q (quit)
 
         Return True/False and possibly updated skipfile and skipall.
         """
         newpatches = None
         if skipall is not None:
             return skipall, skipfile, skipall, newpatches
         if skipfile is not None:
             return skipfile, skipfile, skipall, newpatches
         while True:
             resps = messages['help']
             r = ui.promptchoice("%s %s" % (query, resps))
             ui.write("\n")
             if r == 8: # ?
                 for c, t in ui.extractchoices(resps)[1]:
                     ui.write('%s - %s\n' % (c, encoding.lower(t)))
                 continue
             elif r == 0: # yes
                 ret = True
             elif r == 1: # no
                 ret = False
             elif r == 2: # Edit patch
                 if chunk is None:
                     ui.write(_('cannot edit patch for whole file'))
                     ui.write("\n")
                     continue
                 if chunk.header.binary():
                     ui.write(_('cannot edit patch for binary file'))
                     ui.write("\n")
                     continue
                 # Patch comment based on the Git one (based on comment at end of
                 # https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/RecordExtension)
                 phelp = '---' + _("""
 To remove '-' lines, make them ' ' lines (context).
 To remove '+' lines, delete them.
 Lines starting with # will be removed from the patch.
 
 If the patch applies cleanly, the edited hunk will immediately be
 added to the record list. If it does not apply cleanly, a rejects
 file will be generated: you can use that when you try again. If
 all lines of the hunk are removed, then the edit is aborted and
 the hunk is left unchanged.
 """)
                 (patchfd, patchfn) = tempfile.mkstemp(prefix="hg-editor-",
                         suffix=".diff", text=True)
                 ncpatchfp = None
                 try:
                     # Write the initial patch
                     f = os.fdopen(patchfd, pycompat.sysstr("w"))
                     chunk.header.write(f)
                     chunk.write(f)
                     f.write('\n'.join(['# ' + i for i in phelp.splitlines()]))
                     f.close()
                     # Start the editor and wait for it to complete
                     editor = ui.geteditor()
                     ret = ui.system("%s \"%s\"" % (editor, patchfn),
                                     environ={'HGUSER': ui.username()},
                                     blockedtag='filterpatch')
                     if ret != 0:
                         ui.warn(_("editor exited with exit code %d\n") % ret)
                         continue
                     # Remove comment lines
                     patchfp = open(patchfn)
                     ncpatchfp = stringio()
                     for line in util.iterfile(patchfp):
                         if not line.startswith('#'):
                             ncpatchfp.write(line)
                     patchfp.close()
                     ncpatchfp.seek(0)
                     newpatches = parsepatch(ncpatchfp)
                 finally:
                     os.unlink(patchfn)
                     del ncpatchfp
                 # Signal that the chunk shouldn't be applied as-is, but
                 # provide the new patch to be used instead.
                 ret = False
             elif r == 3: # Skip
                 ret = skipfile = False
             elif r == 4: # file (Record remaining)
                 ret = skipfile = True
             elif r == 5: # done, skip remaining
                 ret = skipall = False
             elif r == 6: # all
                 ret = skipall = True
             elif r == 7: # quit
                 raise error.Abort(_('user quit'))
             return ret, skipfile, skipall, newpatches
 
     seen = set()
     applied = {}        # 'filename' -> [] of chunks
     skipfile, skipall = None, None
     pos, total = 1, sum(len(h.hunks) for h in headers)
     for h in headers:
         pos += len(h.hunks)
         skipfile = None
         fixoffset = 0
         hdr = ''.join(h.header)
         if hdr in seen:
             continue
         seen.add(hdr)
         if skipall is None:
             h.pretty(ui)
         msg = (_('examine changes to %s?') %
                _(' and ').join("'%s'" % f for f in h.files()))
         r, skipfile, skipall, np = prompt(skipfile, skipall, msg, None)
         if not r:
             continue
         applied[h.filename()] = [h]
         if h.allhunks():
             applied[h.filename()] += h.hunks
             continue
         for i, chunk in enumerate(h.hunks):
             if skipfile is None and skipall is None:
                 chunk.pretty(ui)
             if total == 1:
                 msg = messages['single'] % chunk.filename()
             else:
                 idx = pos - len(h.hunks) + i
                 msg = messages['multiple'] % (idx, total, chunk.filename())
             r, skipfile, skipall, newpatches = prompt(skipfile,
                     skipall, msg, chunk)
             if r:
                 if fixoffset:
                     chunk = copy.copy(chunk)
                     chunk.toline += fixoffset
                 applied[chunk.filename()].append(chunk)
             elif newpatches is not None:
                 for newpatch in newpatches:
                     for newhunk in newpatch.hunks:
                         if fixoffset:
                             newhunk.toline += fixoffset
                         applied[newhunk.filename()].append(newhunk)
             else:
                 fixoffset += chunk.removed - chunk.added
     return (sum([h for h in applied.itervalues()
                if h[0].special() or len(h) > 1], []), {})
 class hunk(object):
     def __init__(self, desc, num, lr, context):
         self.number = num
         self.desc = desc
         self.hunk = [desc]
         self.a = []
         self.b = []
         self.starta = self.lena = None
         self.startb = self.lenb = None
         if lr is not None:
             if context:
                 self.read_context_hunk(lr)
             else:
                 self.read_unified_hunk(lr)
 
     def getnormalized(self):
         """Return a copy with line endings normalized to LF."""
 
         def normalize(lines):
             nlines = []
             for line in lines:
                 if line.endswith('\r\n'):
                     line = line[:-2] + '\n'
                 nlines.append(line)
             return nlines
 
         # Dummy object, it is rebuilt manually
         nh = hunk(self.desc, self.number, None, None)
         nh.number = self.number
         nh.desc = self.desc
         nh.hunk = self.hunk
         nh.a = normalize(self.a)
         nh.b = normalize(self.b)
         nh.starta = self.starta
         nh.startb = self.startb
         nh.lena = self.lena
         nh.lenb = self.lenb
         return nh
 
     def read_unified_hunk(self, lr):
         m = unidesc.match(self.desc)
         if not m:
             raise PatchError(_("bad hunk #%d") % self.number)
         self.starta, self.lena, self.startb, self.lenb = m.groups()
         if self.lena is None:
             self.lena = 1
         else:
             self.lena = int(self.lena)
         if self.lenb is None:
             self.lenb = 1
         else:
             self.lenb = int(self.lenb)
         self.starta = int(self.starta)
         self.startb = int(self.startb)
         diffhelpers.addlines(lr, self.hunk, self.lena, self.lenb, self.a,
                              self.b)
         # if we hit eof before finishing out the hunk, the last line will
         # be zero length.  Lets try to fix it up.
         while len(self.hunk[-1]) == 0:
             del self.hunk[-1]
             del self.a[-1]
             del self.b[-1]
             self.lena -= 1
             self.lenb -= 1
         self._fixnewline(lr)
 
     def read_context_hunk(self, lr):
         self.desc = lr.readline()
         m = contextdesc.match(self.desc)
         if not m:
             raise PatchError(_("bad hunk #%d") % self.number)
         self.starta, aend = m.groups()
         self.starta = int(self.starta)
         if aend is None:
             aend = self.starta
         self.lena = int(aend) - self.starta
         if self.starta:
             self.lena += 1
         for x in xrange(self.lena):
             l = lr.readline()
             if l.startswith('---'):
                 # lines addition, old block is empty
                 lr.push(l)
                 break
             s = l[2:]
             if l.startswith('- ') or l.startswith('! '):
                 u = '-' + s
             elif l.startswith('  '):
                 u = ' ' + s
             else:
                 raise PatchError(_("bad hunk #%d old text line %d") %
                                  (self.number, x))
             self.a.append(u)
             self.hunk.append(u)
 
         l = lr.readline()
         if l.startswith('\ '):
             s = self.a[-1][:-1]
             self.a[-1] = s
             self.hunk[-1] = s
             l = lr.readline()
         m = contextdesc.match(l)
         if not m:
             raise PatchError(_("bad hunk #%d") % self.number)
         self.startb, bend = m.groups()
         self.startb = int(self.startb)
         if bend is None:
             bend = self.startb
         self.lenb = int(bend) - self.startb
         if self.startb:
             self.lenb += 1
         hunki = 1
         for x in xrange(self.lenb):
             l = lr.readline()
             if l.startswith('\ '):
                 # XXX: the only way to hit this is with an invalid line range.
                 # The no-eol marker is not counted in the line range, but I
                 # guess there are diff(1) out there which behave differently.
                 s = self.b[-1][:-1]
                 self.b[-1] = s
                 self.hunk[hunki - 1] = s
                 continue
             if not l:
                 # line deletions, new block is empty and we hit EOF
                 lr.push(l)
                 break
             s = l[2:]
             if l.startswith('+ ') or l.startswith('! '):
                 u = '+' + s
             elif l.startswith('  '):
                 u = ' ' + s
             elif len(self.b) == 0:
                 # line deletions, new block is empty
                 lr.push(l)
                 break
             else:
                 raise PatchError(_("bad hunk #%d old text line %d") %
                                  (self.number, x))
             self.b.append(s)
             while True:
                 if hunki >= len(self.hunk):
                     h = ""
                 else:
                     h = self.hunk[hunki]
                 hunki += 1
                 if h == u:
                     break
                 elif h.startswith('-'):
                     continue
                 else:
                     self.hunk.insert(hunki - 1, u)
                     break
 
         if not self.a:
             # this happens when lines were only added to the hunk
             for x in self.hunk:
                 if x.startswith('-') or x.startswith(' '):
                     self.a.append(x)
         if not self.b:
             # this happens when lines were only deleted from the hunk
             for x in self.hunk:
                 if x.startswith('+') or x.startswith(' '):
                     self.b.append(x[1:])
         # @@ -start,len +start,len @@
         self.desc = "@@ -%d,%d +%d,%d @@\n" % (self.starta, self.lena,
                                              self.startb, self.lenb)
         self.hunk[0] = self.desc
         self._fixnewline(lr)
 
     def _fixnewline(self, lr):
         l = lr.readline()
         if l.startswith('\ '):
             diffhelpers.fix_newline(self.hunk, self.a, self.b)
         else:
             lr.push(l)
 
     def complete(self):
         return len(self.a) == self.lena and len(self.b) == self.lenb
 
     def _fuzzit(self, old, new, fuzz, toponly):
         # this removes context lines from the top and bottom of list 'l'.  It
         # checks the hunk to make sure only context lines are removed, and then
         # returns a new shortened list of lines.
         fuzz = min(fuzz, len(old))
         if fuzz:
             top = 0
             bot = 0
             hlen = len(self.hunk)
             for x in xrange(hlen - 1):
                 # the hunk starts with the @@ line, so use x+1
                 if self.hunk[x + 1][0] == ' ':
                     top += 1
                 else:
                     break
             if not toponly:
                 for x in xrange(hlen - 1):
                     if self.hunk[hlen - bot - 1][0] == ' ':
                         bot += 1
                     else:
                         break
 
             bot = min(fuzz, bot)
             top = min(fuzz, top)
             return old[top:len(old) - bot], new[top:len(new) - bot], top
         return old, new, 0
 
     def fuzzit(self, fuzz, toponly):
         old, new, top = self._fuzzit(self.a, self.b, fuzz, toponly)
         oldstart = self.starta + top
         newstart = self.startb + top
         # zero length hunk ranges already have their start decremented
         if self.lena and oldstart > 0:
             oldstart -= 1
         if self.lenb and newstart > 0:
             newstart -= 1
         return old, oldstart, new, newstart
 
 class binhunk(object):
     'A binary patch file.'
     def __init__(self, lr, fname):
         self.text = None
         self.delta = False
         self.hunk = ['GIT binary patch\n']
         self._fname = fname
         self._read(lr)
 
     def complete(self):
         return self.text is not None
 
     def new(self, lines):
         if self.delta:
             return [applybindelta(self.text, ''.join(lines))]
         return [self.text]
 
     def _read(self, lr):
         def getline(lr, hunk):
             l = lr.readline()
             hunk.append(l)
             return l.rstrip('\r\n')
 
         size = 0
         while True:
             line = getline(lr, self.hunk)
             if not line:
                 raise PatchError(_('could not extract "%s" binary data')
                                  % self._fname)
             if line.startswith('literal '):
                 size = int(line[8:].rstrip())
                 break
             if line.startswith('delta '):
                 size = int(line[6:].rstrip())
                 self.delta = True
                 break
         dec = []
         line = getline(lr, self.hunk)
         while len(line) > 1:
             l = line[0]
             if l <= 'Z' and l >= 'A':
                 l = ord(l) - ord('A') + 1
             else:
                 l = ord(l) - ord('a') + 27
             try:
                 dec.append(util.b85decode(line[1:])[:l])
             except ValueError as e:
                 raise PatchError(_('could not decode "%s" binary patch: %s')
                                  % (self._fname, str(e)))
             line = getline(lr, self.hunk)
         text = zlib.decompress(''.join(dec))
         if len(text) != size:
             raise PatchError(_('"%s" length is %d bytes, should be %d')
                              % (self._fname, len(text), size))
         self.text = text
 
 def parsefilename(str):
     # --- filename \t|space stuff
     s = str[4:].rstrip('\r\n')
     i = s.find('\t')
     if i < 0:
         i = s.find(' ')
         if i < 0:
             return s
     return s[:i]
 
 def reversehunks(hunks):
     '''reverse the signs in the hunks given as argument
 
     This function operates on hunks coming out of patch.filterpatch, that is
     a list of the form: [header1, hunk1, hunk2, header2...]. Example usage:
 
     >>> rawpatch = """diff --git a/folder1/g b/folder1/g
     ... --- a/folder1/g
     ... +++ b/folder1/g
     ... @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
     ... +firstline
     ...  c
     ...  1
     ...  2
     ... + 3
     ... -4
     ...  5
     ...  d
     ... +lastline"""
     >>> hunks = parsepatch(rawpatch)
     >>> hunkscomingfromfilterpatch = []
     >>> for h in hunks:
     ...     hunkscomingfromfilterpatch.append(h)
     ...     hunkscomingfromfilterpatch.extend(h.hunks)
 
     >>> reversedhunks = reversehunks(hunkscomingfromfilterpatch)
     >>> from . import util
     >>> fp = util.stringio()
     >>> for c in reversedhunks:
     ...      c.write(fp)
     >>> fp.seek(0)
     >>> reversedpatch = fp.read()
     >>> print reversedpatch
     diff --git a/folder1/g b/folder1/g
     --- a/folder1/g
     +++ b/folder1/g
     @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
     -firstline
      c
      1
      2
     @@ -2,6 +1,6 @@
      c
      1
      2
     - 3
     +4
      5
      d
     @@ -6,3 +5,2 @@
      5
      d
     -lastline
 
     '''
 
     newhunks = []
     for c in hunks:
         if util.safehasattr(c, 'reversehunk'):
             c = c.reversehunk()
         newhunks.append(c)
     return newhunks
 
 def parsepatch(originalchunks, maxcontext=None):
     """patch -> [] of headers -> [] of hunks
 
     If maxcontext is not None, trim context lines if necessary.
 
     >>> rawpatch = '''diff --git a/folder1/g b/folder1/g
     ... --- a/folder1/g
     ... +++ b/folder1/g
     ... @@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
     ...  1
     ...  2
     ... -3
     ...  4
     ...  5
     ...  6
     ... +6.1
     ... +6.2
     ...  7
     ...  8
     ... +9'''
     >>> out = util.stringio()
     >>> headers = parsepatch([rawpatch], maxcontext=1)
     >>> for header in headers:
     ...     header.write(out)
     ...     for hunk in header.hunks:
     ...         hunk.write(out)
     >>> print(out.getvalue())
     diff --git a/folder1/g b/folder1/g
     --- a/folder1/g
     +++ b/folder1/g
     @@ -2,3 +2,2 @@
      2
     -3
      4
     @@ -6,2 +5,4 @@
      6
     +6.1
     +6.2
      7
     @@ -8,1 +9,2 @@
      8
     +9
     """
     class parser(object):
         """patch parsing state machine"""
         def __init__(self):
             self.fromline = 0
             self.toline = 0
             self.proc = ''
             self.header = None
             self.context = []
             self.before = []
             self.hunk = []
             self.headers = []
 
         def addrange(self, limits):
             fromstart, fromend, tostart, toend, proc = limits
             self.fromline = int(fromstart)
             self.toline = int(tostart)
             self.proc = proc
 
         def addcontext(self, context):
             if self.hunk:
                 h = recordhunk(self.header, self.fromline, self.toline,
                         self.proc, self.before, self.hunk, context, maxcontext)
                 self.header.hunks.append(h)
                 self.fromline += len(self.before) + h.removed
                 self.toline += len(self.before) + h.added
                 self.before = []
                 self.hunk = []
             self.context = context
 
         def addhunk(self, hunk):
             if self.context:
                 self.before = self.context
                 self.context = []
             self.hunk = hunk
 
         def newfile(self, hdr):
             self.addcontext([])
             h = header(hdr)
             self.headers.append(h)
             self.header = h
 
         def addother(self, line):
             pass # 'other' lines are ignored
 
         def finished(self):
             self.addcontext([])
             return self.headers
 
         transitions = {
             'file': {'context': addcontext,
                      'file': newfile,
                      'hunk': addhunk,
                      'range': addrange},
             'context': {'file': newfile,
                         'hunk': addhunk,
                         'range': addrange,
                         'other': addother},
             'hunk': {'context': addcontext,
                      'file': newfile,
                      'range': addrange},
             'range': {'context': addcontext,
                       'hunk': addhunk},
             'other': {'other': addother},
             }
 
     p = parser()
     fp = stringio()
     fp.write(''.join(originalchunks))
     fp.seek(0)
 
     state = 'context'
     for newstate, data in scanpatch(fp):
         try:
             p.transitions[state][newstate](p, data)
         except KeyError:
             raise PatchError('unhandled transition: %s -> %s' %
                                    (state, newstate))
         state = newstate
     del fp
     return p.finished()
 
 def pathtransform(path, strip, prefix):
     '''turn a path from a patch into a path suitable for the repository
 
     prefix, if not empty, is expected to be normalized with a / at the end.
 
     Returns (stripped components, path in repository).
 
     >>> pathtransform('a/b/c', 0, '')
     ('', 'a/b/c')
     >>> pathtransform('   a/b/c   ', 0, '')
     ('', '   a/b/c')
     >>> pathtransform('   a/b/c   ', 2, '')
     ('a/b/', 'c')
     >>> pathtransform('a/b/c', 0, 'd/e/')
     ('', 'd/e/a/b/c')
     >>> pathtransform('   a//b/c   ', 2, 'd/e/')
     ('a//b/', 'd/e/c')
     >>> pathtransform('a/b/c', 3, '')
     Traceback (most recent call last):
     PatchError: unable to strip away 1 of 3 dirs from a/b/c
     '''
     pathlen = len(path)
     i = 0
     if strip == 0:
         return '', prefix + path.rstrip()
     count = strip
     while count > 0:
         i = path.find('/', i)
         if i == -1:
             raise PatchError(_("unable to strip away %d of %d dirs from %s") %
                              (count, strip, path))
         i += 1
         # consume '//' in the path
         while i < pathlen - 1 and path[i] == '/':
             i += 1
         count -= 1
     return path[:i].lstrip(), prefix + path[i:].rstrip()
 
 def makepatchmeta(backend, afile_orig, bfile_orig, hunk, strip, prefix):
     nulla = afile_orig == "/dev/null"
     nullb = bfile_orig == "/dev/null"
     create = nulla and hunk.starta == 0 and hunk.lena == 0
     remove = nullb and hunk.startb == 0 and hunk.lenb == 0
     abase, afile = pathtransform(afile_orig, strip, prefix)
     gooda = not nulla and backend.exists(afile)
     bbase, bfile = pathtransform(bfile_orig, strip, prefix)
     if afile == bfile:
         goodb = gooda
     else:
         goodb = not nullb and backend.exists(bfile)
     missing = not goodb and not gooda and not create
 
     # some diff programs apparently produce patches where the afile is
     # not /dev/null, but afile starts with bfile
     abasedir = afile[:afile.rfind('/') + 1]
     bbasedir = bfile[:bfile.rfind('/') + 1]
     if (missing and abasedir == bbasedir and afile.startswith(bfile)
         and hunk.starta == 0 and hunk.lena == 0):
         create = True
         missing = False
 
     # If afile is "a/b/foo" and bfile is "a/b/foo.orig" we assume the
     # diff is between a file and its backup. In this case, the original
     # file should be patched (see original mpatch code).
     isbackup = (abase == bbase and bfile.startswith(afile))
     fname = None
     if not missing:
         if gooda and goodb:
             if isbackup:
                 fname = afile
             else:
                 fname = bfile
         elif gooda:
             fname = afile
 
     if not fname:
         if not nullb:
             if isbackup:
                 fname = afile
             else:
                 fname = bfile
         elif not nulla:
             fname = afile
         else:
             raise PatchError(_("undefined source and destination files"))
 
     gp = patchmeta(fname)
     if create:
         gp.op = 'ADD'
     elif remove:
         gp.op = 'DELETE'
     return gp
 
 def scanpatch(fp):
     """like patch.iterhunks, but yield different events
 
     - ('file',    [header_lines + fromfile + tofile])
     - ('context', [context_lines])
     - ('hunk',    [hunk_lines])
     - ('range',   (-start,len, +start,len, proc))
     """
     lines_re = re.compile(r'@@ -(\d+),(\d+) \+(\d+),(\d+) @@\s*(.*)')
     lr = linereader(fp)
 
     def scanwhile(first, p):
         """scan lr while predicate holds"""
         lines = [first]
         for line in iter(lr.readline, ''):
             if p(line):
                 lines.append(line)
             else:
                 lr.push(line)
                 break
         return lines
 
     for line in iter(lr.readline, ''):
         if line.startswith('diff --git a/') or line.startswith('diff -r '):
             def notheader(line):
                 s = line.split(None, 1)
                 return not s or s[0] not in ('---', 'diff')
             header = scanwhile(line, notheader)
             fromfile = lr.readline()
             if fromfile.startswith('---'):
                 tofile = lr.readline()
                 header += [fromfile, tofile]
             else:
                 lr.push(fromfile)
             yield 'file', header
         elif line[0] == ' ':
             yield 'context', scanwhile(line, lambda l: l[0] in ' \\')
         elif line[0] in '-+':
             yield 'hunk', scanwhile(line, lambda l: l[0] in '-+\\')
         else:
             m = lines_re.match(line)
             if m:
                 yield 'range', m.groups()
             else:
                 yield 'other', line
 
 def scangitpatch(lr, firstline):
     """
     Git patches can emit:
     - rename a to b
     - change b
     - copy a to c
     - change c
 
     We cannot apply this sequence as-is, the renamed 'a' could not be
     found for it would have been renamed already. And we cannot copy
     from 'b' instead because 'b' would have been changed already. So
     we scan the git patch for copy and rename commands so we can
     perform the copies ahead of time.
     """
     pos = 0
     try:
         pos = lr.fp.tell()
         fp = lr.fp
     except IOError:
         fp = stringio(lr.fp.read())
     gitlr = linereader(fp)
     gitlr.push(firstline)
     gitpatches = readgitpatch(gitlr)
     fp.seek(pos)
     return gitpatches
 
 def iterhunks(fp):
     """Read a patch and yield the following events:
     - ("file", afile, bfile, firsthunk): select a new target file.
     - ("hunk", hunk): a new hunk is ready to be applied, follows a
     "file" event.
     - ("git", gitchanges): current diff is in git format, gitchanges
     maps filenames to gitpatch records. Unique event.
     """
     afile = ""
     bfile = ""
     state = None
     hunknum = 0
     emitfile = newfile = False
     gitpatches = None
 
     # our states
     BFILE = 1
     context = None
     lr = linereader(fp)
 
     for x in iter(lr.readline, ''):
         if state == BFILE and (
             (not context and x[0] == '@')
             or (context is not False and x.startswith('***************'))
             or x.startswith('GIT binary patch')):
             gp = None
             if (gitpatches and
                 gitpatches[-1].ispatching(afile, bfile)):
                 gp = gitpatches.pop()
             if x.startswith('GIT binary patch'):
                 h = binhunk(lr, gp.path)
             else:
                 if context is None and x.startswith('***************'):
                     context = True
                 h = hunk(x, hunknum + 1, lr, context)
             hunknum += 1
             if emitfile:
                 emitfile = False
                 yield 'file', (afile, bfile, h, gp and gp.copy() or None)
             yield 'hunk', h
         elif x.startswith('diff --git a/'):
             m = gitre.match(x.rstrip(' \r\n'))
             if not m:
                 continue
             if gitpatches is None:
                 # scan whole input for git metadata
                 gitpatches = scangitpatch(lr, x)
                 yield 'git', [g.copy() for g in gitpatches
                               if g.op in ('COPY', 'RENAME')]
                 gitpatches.reverse()
             afile = 'a/' + m.group(1)
             bfile = 'b/' + m.group(2)
             while gitpatches and not gitpatches[-1].ispatching(afile, bfile):
                 gp = gitpatches.pop()
                 yield 'file', ('a/' + gp.path, 'b/' + gp.path, None, gp.copy())
             if not gitpatches:
                 raise PatchError(_('failed to synchronize metadata for "%s"')
                                  % afile[2:])
             gp = gitpatches[-1]
             newfile = True
         elif x.startswith('---'):
             # check for a unified diff
             l2 = lr.readline()
             if not l2.startswith('+++'):
                 lr.push(l2)
                 continue
             newfile = True
             context = False
             afile = parsefilename(x)
             bfile = parsefilename(l2)
         elif x.startswith('***'):
             # check for a context diff
             l2 = lr.readline()
             if not l2.startswith('---'):
                 lr.push(l2)
                 continue
             l3 = lr.readline()
             lr.push(l3)
             if not l3.startswith("***************"):
                 lr.push(l2)
                 continue
             newfile = True
             context = True
             afile = parsefilename(x)
             bfile = parsefilename(l2)
 
         if newfile:
             newfile = False
             emitfile = True
             state = BFILE
             hunknum = 0
 
     while gitpatches:
         gp = gitpatches.pop()
         yield 'file', ('a/' + gp.path, 'b/' + gp.path, None, gp.copy())
 
 def applybindelta(binchunk, data):
     """Apply a binary delta hunk
     The algorithm used is the algorithm from git's patch-delta.c
     """
     def deltahead(binchunk):
         i = 0
         for c in binchunk:
             i += 1
             if not (ord(c) & 0x80):
                 return i
         return i
     out = ""
     s = deltahead(binchunk)
     binchunk = binchunk[s:]
     s = deltahead(binchunk)
     binchunk = binchunk[s:]
     i = 0
     while i < len(binchunk):
         cmd = ord(binchunk[i])
         i += 1
         if (cmd & 0x80):
             offset = 0
             size = 0
             if (cmd & 0x01):
                 offset = ord(binchunk[i])
                 i += 1
             if (cmd & 0x02):
                 offset |= ord(binchunk[i]) << 8
                 i += 1
             if (cmd & 0x04):
                 offset |= ord(binchunk[i]) << 16
                 i += 1
             if (cmd & 0x08):
                 offset |= ord(binchunk[i]) << 24
                 i += 1
             if (cmd & 0x10):
                 size = ord(binchunk[i])
                 i += 1
             if (cmd & 0x20):
                 size |= ord(binchunk[i]) << 8
                 i += 1
             if (cmd & 0x40):
                 size |= ord(binchunk[i]) << 16
                 i += 1
             if size == 0:
                 size = 0x10000
             offset_end = offset + size
             out += data[offset:offset_end]
         elif cmd != 0:
             offset_end = i + cmd
             out += binchunk[i:offset_end]
             i += cmd
         else:
             raise PatchError(_('unexpected delta opcode 0'))
     return out
 
 def applydiff(ui, fp, backend, store, strip=1, prefix='', eolmode='strict'):
     """Reads a patch from fp and tries to apply it.
 
     Returns 0 for a clean patch, -1 if any rejects were found and 1 if
     there was any fuzz.
 
     If 'eolmode' is 'strict', the patch content and patched file are
     read in binary mode. Otherwise, line endings are ignored when
     patching then normalized according to 'eolmode'.
     """
     return _applydiff(ui, fp, patchfile, backend, store, strip=strip,
                       prefix=prefix, eolmode=eolmode)
 
 def _applydiff(ui, fp, patcher, backend, store, strip=1, prefix='',
                eolmode='strict'):
 
     if prefix:
         prefix = pathutil.canonpath(backend.repo.root, backend.repo.getcwd(),
                                     prefix)
         if prefix != '':
             prefix += '/'
     def pstrip(p):
         return pathtransform(p, strip - 1, prefix)[1]
 
     rejects = 0
     err = 0
     current_file = None
 
     for state, values in iterhunks(fp):
         if state == 'hunk':
             if not current_file:
                 continue
             ret = current_file.apply(values)
             if ret > 0:
                 err = 1
         elif state == 'file':
             if current_file:
                 rejects += current_file.close()
                 current_file = None
             afile, bfile, first_hunk, gp = values
             if gp:
                 gp.path = pstrip(gp.path)
                 if gp.oldpath:
                     gp.oldpath = pstrip(gp.oldpath)
             else:
                 gp = makepatchmeta(backend, afile, bfile, first_hunk, strip,
                                    prefix)
             if gp.op == 'RENAME':
                 backend.unlink(gp.oldpath)
             if not first_hunk:
                 if gp.op == 'DELETE':
                     backend.unlink(gp.path)
                     continue
                 data, mode = None, None
                 if gp.op in ('RENAME', 'COPY'):
                     data, mode = store.getfile(gp.oldpath)[:2]
                     if data is None:
                         # This means that the old path does not exist
                         raise PatchError(_("source file '%s' does not exist")
                                            % gp.oldpath)
                 if gp.mode:
                     mode = gp.mode
                     if gp.op == 'ADD':
                         # Added files without content have no hunk and
                         # must be created
                         data = ''
                 if data or mode:
                     if (gp.op in ('ADD', 'RENAME', 'COPY')
                         and backend.exists(gp.path)):
                         raise PatchError(_("cannot create %s: destination "
                                            "already exists") % gp.path)
                     backend.setfile(gp.path, data, mode, gp.oldpath)
                 continue
             try:
                 current_file = patcher(ui, gp, backend, store,
                                        eolmode=eolmode)
             except PatchError as inst:
                 ui.warn(str(inst) + '\n')
                 current_file = None
                 rejects += 1
                 continue
         elif state == 'git':
             for gp in values:
                 path = pstrip(gp.oldpath)
                 data, mode = backend.getfile(path)
                 if data is None:
                     # The error ignored here will trigger a getfile()
                     # error in a place more appropriate for error
                     # handling, and will not interrupt the patching
                     # process.
                     pass
                 else:
                     store.setfile(path, data, mode)
         else:
             raise error.Abort(_('unsupported parser state: %s') % state)
 
     if current_file:
         rejects += current_file.close()
 
     if rejects:
         return -1
     return err
 
 def _externalpatch(ui, repo, patcher, patchname, strip, files,
                    similarity):
     """use <patcher> to apply <patchname> to the working directory.
     returns whether patch was applied with fuzz factor."""
 
     fuzz = False
     args = []
     cwd = repo.root
     if cwd:
         args.append('-d %s' % util.shellquote(cwd))
     fp = util.popen('%s %s -p%d < %s' % (patcher, ' '.join(args), strip,
                                        util.shellquote(patchname)))
     try:
         for line in util.iterfile(fp):
             line = line.rstrip()
             ui.note(line + '\n')
             if line.startswith('patching file '):
                 pf = util.parsepatchoutput(line)
                 printed_file = False
                 files.add(pf)
             elif line.find('with fuzz') >= 0:
                 fuzz = True
                 if not printed_file:
                     ui.warn(pf + '\n')
                     printed_file = True
                 ui.warn(line + '\n')
             elif line.find('saving rejects to file') >= 0:
                 ui.warn(line + '\n')
             elif line.find('FAILED') >= 0:
                 if not printed_file:
                     ui.warn(pf + '\n')
                     printed_file = True
                 ui.warn(line + '\n')
     finally:
         if files:
             scmutil.marktouched(repo, files, similarity)
     code = fp.close()
     if code:
         raise PatchError(_("patch command failed: %s") %
                          util.explainexit(code)[0])
     return fuzz
 
 def patchbackend(ui, backend, patchobj, strip, prefix, files=None,
                  eolmode='strict'):
     if files is None:
         files = set()
     if eolmode is None:
         eolmode = ui.config('patch', 'eol')
     if eolmode.lower() not in eolmodes:
         raise error.Abort(_('unsupported line endings type: %s') % eolmode)
     eolmode = eolmode.lower()
 
     store = filestore()
     try:
         fp = open(patchobj, 'rb')
     except TypeError:
         fp = patchobj
     try:
         ret = applydiff(ui, fp, backend, store, strip=strip, prefix=prefix,
                         eolmode=eolmode)
     finally:
         if fp != patchobj:
             fp.close()
         files.update(backend.close())
         store.close()
     if ret < 0:
         raise PatchError(_('patch failed to apply'))
     return ret > 0
 
 def internalpatch(ui, repo, patchobj, strip, prefix='', files=None,
                   eolmode='strict', similarity=0):
     """use builtin patch to apply <patchobj> to the working directory.
     returns whether patch was applied with fuzz factor."""
     backend = workingbackend(ui, repo, similarity)
     return patchbackend(ui, backend, patchobj, strip, prefix, files, eolmode)
 
 def patchrepo(ui, repo, ctx, store, patchobj, strip, prefix, files=None,
               eolmode='strict'):
     backend = repobackend(ui, repo, ctx, store)
     return patchbackend(ui, backend, patchobj, strip, prefix, files, eolmode)
 
 def patch(ui, repo, patchname, strip=1, prefix='', files=None, eolmode='strict',
           similarity=0):
     """Apply <patchname> to the working directory.
 
     'eolmode' specifies how end of lines should be handled. It can be:
     - 'strict': inputs are read in binary mode, EOLs are preserved
     - 'crlf': EOLs are ignored when patching and reset to CRLF
     - 'lf': EOLs are ignored when patching and reset to LF
     - None: get it from user settings, default to 'strict'
     'eolmode' is ignored when using an external patcher program.
 
     Returns whether patch was applied with fuzz factor.
     """
     patcher = ui.config('ui', 'patch')
     if files is None:
         files = set()
     if patcher:
         return _externalpatch(ui, repo, patcher, patchname, strip,
                               files, similarity)
     return internalpatch(ui, repo, patchname, strip, prefix, files, eolmode,
                          similarity)
 
 def changedfiles(ui, repo, patchpath, strip=1):
     backend = fsbackend(ui, repo.root)
     with open(patchpath, 'rb') as fp:
         changed = set()
         for state, values in iterhunks(fp):
             if state == 'file':
                 afile, bfile, first_hunk, gp = values
                 if gp:
                     gp.path = pathtransform(gp.path, strip - 1, '')[1]
                     if gp.oldpath:
                         gp.oldpath = pathtransform(gp.oldpath, strip - 1, '')[1]
                 else:
                     gp = makepatchmeta(backend, afile, bfile, first_hunk, strip,
                                        '')
                 changed.add(gp.path)
                 if gp.op == 'RENAME':
                     changed.add(gp.oldpath)
             elif state not in ('hunk', 'git'):
                 raise error.Abort(_('unsupported parser state: %s') % state)
         return changed
 
 class GitDiffRequired(Exception):
     pass
 
 def diffallopts(ui, opts=None, untrusted=False, section='diff'):
     '''return diffopts with all features supported and parsed'''
     return difffeatureopts(ui, opts=opts, untrusted=untrusted, section=section,
                            git=True, whitespace=True, formatchanging=True)
 
 diffopts = diffallopts
 
 def difffeatureopts(ui, opts=None, untrusted=False, section='diff', git=False,
                     whitespace=False, formatchanging=False):
     '''return diffopts with only opted-in features parsed
 
     Features:
     - git: git-style diffs
     - whitespace: whitespace options like ignoreblanklines and ignorews
     - formatchanging: options that will likely break or cause correctness issues
       with most diff parsers
     '''
     def get(key, name=None, getter=ui.configbool, forceplain=None):
         if opts:
             v = opts.get(key)
             # diffopts flags are either None-default (which is passed
             # through unchanged, so we can identify unset values), or
             # some other falsey default (eg --unified, which defaults
             # to an empty string). We only want to override the config
             # entries from hgrc with command line values if they
             # appear to have been set, which is any truthy value,
             # True, or False.
             if v or isinstance(v, bool):
                 return v
         if forceplain is not None and ui.plain():
             return forceplain
         return getter(section, name or key, None, untrusted=untrusted)
 
     # core options, expected to be understood by every diff parser
     buildopts = {
         'nodates': get('nodates'),
         'showfunc': get('show_function', 'showfunc'),
         'context': get('unified', getter=ui.config),
     }
 
     if git:
         buildopts['git'] = get('git')
 
         # since this is in the experimental section, we need to call
         # ui.configbool directory
         buildopts['showsimilarity'] = ui.configbool('experimental',
                                                     'extendedheader.similarity')
 
         # need to inspect the ui object instead of using get() since we want to
         # test for an int
         hconf = ui.config('experimental', 'extendedheader.index')
         if hconf is not None:
             hlen = None
             try:
                 # the hash config could be an integer (for length of hash) or a
                 # word (e.g. short, full, none)
                 hlen = int(hconf)
                 if hlen < 0 or hlen > 40:
                     msg = _("invalid length for extendedheader.index: '%d'\n")
                     ui.warn(msg % hlen)
             except ValueError:
                 # default value
                 if hconf == 'short' or hconf == '':
                     hlen = 12
                 elif hconf == 'full':
                     hlen = 40
                 elif hconf != 'none':
                     msg = _("invalid value for extendedheader.index: '%s'\n")
                     ui.warn(msg % hconf)
             finally:
                 buildopts['index'] = hlen
 
     if whitespace:
         buildopts['ignorews'] = get('ignore_all_space', 'ignorews')
         buildopts['ignorewsamount'] = get('ignore_space_change',
                                           'ignorewsamount')
         buildopts['ignoreblanklines'] = get('ignore_blank_lines',
                                             'ignoreblanklines')
+        buildopts['ignorewseol'] = get('ignore_space_at_eol', 'ignorewseol')
     if formatchanging:
         buildopts['text'] = opts and opts.get('text')
         binary = None if opts is None else opts.get('binary')
         buildopts['nobinary'] = (not binary if binary is not None
                                  else get('nobinary', forceplain=False))
         buildopts['noprefix'] = get('noprefix', forceplain=False)
 
     return mdiff.diffopts(**pycompat.strkwargs(buildopts))
 
 def diff(repo, node1=None, node2=None, match=None, changes=None,
          opts=None, losedatafn=None, prefix='', relroot='', copy=None):
     '''yields diff of changes to files between two nodes, or node and
     working directory.
 
     if node1 is None, use first dirstate parent instead.
     if node2 is None, compare node1 with working directory.
 
     losedatafn(**kwarg) is a callable run when opts.upgrade=True and
     every time some change cannot be represented with the current
     patch format. Return False to upgrade to git patch format, True to
     accept the loss or raise an exception to abort the diff. It is
     called with the name of current file being diffed as 'fn'. If set
     to None, patches will always be upgraded to git format when
     necessary.
 
     prefix is a filename prefix that is prepended to all filenames on
     display (used for subrepos).
 
     relroot, if not empty, must be normalized with a trailing /. Any match
     patterns that fall outside it will be ignored.
 
     copy, if not empty, should contain mappings {dst@y: src@x} of copy
     information.'''
     for header, hunks in diffhunks(repo, node1=node1, node2=node2, match=match,
                                    changes=changes, opts=opts,
                                    losedatafn=losedatafn, prefix=prefix,
                                    relroot=relroot, copy=copy):
         text = ''.join(sum((list(hlines) for hrange, hlines in hunks), []))
         if header and (text or len(header) > 1):
             yield '\n'.join(header) + '\n'
         if text:
             yield text
 
 def diffhunks(repo, node1=None, node2=None, match=None, changes=None,
               opts=None, losedatafn=None, prefix='', relroot='', copy=None):
     """Yield diff of changes to files in the form of (`header`, `hunks`) tuples
     where `header` is a list of diff headers and `hunks` is an iterable of
     (`hunkrange`, `hunklines`) tuples.
 
     See diff() for the meaning of parameters.
     """
 
     if opts is None:
         opts = mdiff.defaultopts
 
     if not node1 and not node2:
         node1 = repo.dirstate.p1()
 
     def lrugetfilectx():
         cache = {}
         order = collections.deque()
         def getfilectx(f, ctx):
             fctx = ctx.filectx(f, filelog=cache.get(f))
             if f not in cache:
                 if len(cache) > 20:
                     del cache[order.popleft()]
                 cache[f] = fctx.filelog()
             else:
                 order.remove(f)
             order.append(f)
             return fctx
         return getfilectx
     getfilectx = lrugetfilectx()
 
     ctx1 = repo[node1]
     ctx2 = repo[node2]
 
     relfiltered = False
     if relroot != '' and match.always():
         # as a special case, create a new matcher with just the relroot
         pats = [relroot]
         match = scmutil.match(ctx2, pats, default='path')
         relfiltered = True
 
     if not changes:
         changes = repo.status(ctx1, ctx2, match=match)
     modified, added, removed = changes[:3]
 
     if not modified and not added and not removed:
         return []
 
     if repo.ui.debugflag:
         hexfunc = hex
     else:
         hexfunc = short
     revs = [hexfunc(node) for node in [ctx1.node(), ctx2.node()] if node]
 
     if copy is None:
         copy = {}
         if opts.git or opts.upgrade:
             copy = copies.pathcopies(ctx1, ctx2, match=match)
 
     if relroot is not None:
         if not relfiltered:
             # XXX this would ideally be done in the matcher, but that is
             # generally meant to 'or' patterns, not 'and' them. In this case we
             # need to 'and' all the patterns from the matcher with relroot.
             def filterrel(l):
                 return [f for f in l if f.startswith(relroot)]
             modified = filterrel(modified)
             added = filterrel(added)
             removed = filterrel(removed)
             relfiltered = True
         # filter out copies where either side isn't inside the relative root
         copy = dict(((dst, src) for (dst, src) in copy.iteritems()
                      if dst.startswith(relroot)
                      and src.startswith(relroot)))
 
     modifiedset = set(modified)
     addedset = set(added)
     removedset = set(removed)
     for f in modified:
         if f not in ctx1:
             # Fix up added, since merged-in additions appear as
             # modifications during merges
             modifiedset.remove(f)
             addedset.add(f)
     for f in removed:
         if f not in ctx1:
             # Merged-in additions that are then removed are reported as removed.
             # They are not in ctx1, so We don't want to show them in the diff.
             removedset.remove(f)
     modified = sorted(modifiedset)
     added = sorted(addedset)
     removed = sorted(removedset)
     for dst, src in copy.items():
         if src not in ctx1:
             # Files merged in during a merge and then copied/renamed are
             # reported as copies. We want to show them in the diff as additions.
             del copy[dst]
 
     def difffn(opts, losedata):
         return trydiff(repo, revs, ctx1, ctx2, modified, added, removed,
                        copy, getfilectx, opts, losedata, prefix, relroot)
     if opts.upgrade and not opts.git:
         try:
             def losedata(fn):
                 if not losedatafn or not losedatafn(fn=fn):
                     raise GitDiffRequired
             # Buffer the whole output until we are sure it can be generated
             return list(difffn(opts.copy(git=False), losedata))
         except GitDiffRequired:
             return difffn(opts.copy(git=True), None)
     else:
         return difffn(opts, None)
 
 def difflabel(func, *args, **kw):
     '''yields 2-tuples of (output, label) based on the output of func()'''
     headprefixes = [('diff', 'diff.diffline'),
                     ('copy', 'diff.extended'),
                     ('rename', 'diff.extended'),
                     ('old', 'diff.extended'),
                     ('new', 'diff.extended'),
                     ('deleted', 'diff.extended'),
                     ('index', 'diff.extended'),
                     ('similarity', 'diff.extended'),
                     ('---', 'diff.file_a'),
                     ('+++', 'diff.file_b')]
     textprefixes = [('@', 'diff.hunk'),
                     ('-', 'diff.deleted'),
                     ('+', 'diff.inserted')]
     head = False
     for chunk in func(*args, **kw):
         lines = chunk.split('\n')
         for i, line in enumerate(lines):
             if i != 0:
                 yield ('\n', '')
             if head:
                 if line.startswith('@'):
                     head = False
             else:
                 if line and line[0] not in ' +-@\\':
                     head = True
             stripline = line
             diffline = False
             if not head and line and line[0] in '+-':
                 # highlight tabs and trailing whitespace, but only in
                 # changed lines
                 stripline = line.rstrip()
                 diffline = True
 
             prefixes = textprefixes
             if head:
                 prefixes = headprefixes
             for prefix, label in prefixes:
                 if stripline.startswith(prefix):
                     if diffline:
                         for token in tabsplitter.findall(stripline):
                             if '\t' == token[0]:
                                 yield (token, 'diff.tab')
                             else:
                                 yield (token, label)
                     else:
                         yield (stripline, label)
                     break
             else:
                 yield (line, '')
             if line != stripline:
                 yield (line[len(stripline):], 'diff.trailingwhitespace')
 
 def diffui(*args, **kw):
     '''like diff(), but yields 2-tuples of (output, label) for ui.write()'''
     return difflabel(diff, *args, **kw)
 
 def _filepairs(modified, added, removed, copy, opts):
     '''generates tuples (f1, f2, copyop), where f1 is the name of the file
     before and f2 is the the name after. For added files, f1 will be None,
     and for removed files, f2 will be None. copyop may be set to None, 'copy'
     or 'rename' (the latter two only if opts.git is set).'''
     gone = set()
 
     copyto = dict([(v, k) for k, v in copy.items()])
 
     addedset, removedset = set(added), set(removed)
 
     for f in sorted(modified + added + removed):
         copyop = None
         f1, f2 = f, f
         if f in addedset:
             f1 = None
             if f in copy:
                 if opts.git:
                     f1 = copy[f]
                     if f1 in removedset and f1 not in gone:
                         copyop = 'rename'
                         gone.add(f1)
                     else:
                         copyop = 'copy'
         elif f in removedset:
             f2 = None
             if opts.git:
                 # have we already reported a copy above?
                 if (f in copyto and copyto[f] in addedset
                     and copy[copyto[f]] == f):
                     continue
         yield f1, f2, copyop
 
 def trydiff(repo, revs, ctx1, ctx2, modified, added, removed,
             copy, getfilectx, opts, losedatafn, prefix, relroot):
     '''given input data, generate a diff and yield it in blocks
 
     If generating a diff would lose data like flags or binary data and
     losedatafn is not None, it will be called.
 
     relroot is removed and prefix is added to every path in the diff output.
 
     If relroot is not empty, this function expects every path in modified,
     added, removed and copy to start with it.'''
 
     def gitindex(text):
         if not text:
             text = ""
         l = len(text)
         s = hashlib.sha1('blob %d\0' % l)
         s.update(text)
         return s.hexdigest()
 
     if opts.noprefix:
         aprefix = bprefix = ''
     else:
         aprefix = 'a/'
         bprefix = 'b/'
 
     def diffline(f, revs):
         revinfo = ' '.join(["-r %s" % rev for rev in revs])
         return 'diff %s %s' % (revinfo, f)
 
     def isempty(fctx):
         return fctx is None or fctx.size() == 0
 
     date1 = util.datestr(ctx1.date())
     date2 = util.datestr(ctx2.date())
 
     gitmode = {'l': '120000', 'x': '100755', '': '100644'}
 
     if relroot != '' and (repo.ui.configbool('devel', 'all-warnings')
                           or repo.ui.configbool('devel', 'check-relroot')):
         for f in modified + added + removed + list(copy) + list(copy.values()):
             if f is not None and not f.startswith(relroot):
                 raise AssertionError(
                     "file %s doesn't start with relroot %s" % (f, relroot))
 
     for f1, f2, copyop in _filepairs(modified, added, removed, copy, opts):
         content1 = None
         content2 = None
         fctx1 = None
         fctx2 = None
         flag1 = None
         flag2 = None
         if f1:
             fctx1 = getfilectx(f1, ctx1)
             if opts.git or losedatafn:
                 flag1 = ctx1.flags(f1)
         if f2:
             fctx2 = getfilectx(f2, ctx2)
             if opts.git or losedatafn:
                 flag2 = ctx2.flags(f2)
         # if binary is True, output "summary" or "base85", but not "text diff"
         binary = not opts.text and any(f.isbinary()
                                        for f in [fctx1, fctx2] if f is not None)
 
         if losedatafn and not opts.git:
             if (binary or
                 # copy/rename
                 f2 in copy or
                 # empty file creation
                 (not f1 and isempty(fctx2)) or
                 # empty file deletion
                 (isempty(fctx1) and not f2) or
                 # create with flags
                 (not f1 and flag2) or
                 # change flags
                 (f1 and f2 and flag1 != flag2)):
                 losedatafn(f2 or f1)
 
         path1 = f1 or f2
         path2 = f2 or f1
         path1 = posixpath.join(prefix, path1[len(relroot):])
         path2 = posixpath.join(prefix, path2[len(relroot):])
         header = []
         if opts.git:
             header.append('diff --git %s%s %s%s' %
                           (aprefix, path1, bprefix, path2))
             if not f1: # added
                 header.append('new file mode %s' % gitmode[flag2])
             elif not f2: # removed
                 header.append('deleted file mode %s' % gitmode[flag1])
             else:  # modified/copied/renamed
                 mode1, mode2 = gitmode[flag1], gitmode[flag2]
                 if mode1 != mode2:
                     header.append('old mode %s' % mode1)
                     header.append('new mode %s' % mode2)
                 if copyop is not None:
                     if opts.showsimilarity:
                         sim = similar.score(ctx1[path1], ctx2[path2]) * 100
                         header.append('similarity index %d%%' % sim)
                     header.append('%s from %s' % (copyop, path1))
                     header.append('%s to %s' % (copyop, path2))
         elif revs and not repo.ui.quiet:
             header.append(diffline(path1, revs))
 
         #  fctx.is  | diffopts                | what to   | is fctx.data()
         #  binary() | text nobinary git index | output?   | outputted?
         # ------------------------------------|----------------------------
         #  yes      | no   no       no  *     | summary   | no
         #  yes      | no   no       yes *     | base85    | yes
         #  yes      | no   yes      no  *     | summary   | no
         #  yes      | no   yes      yes 0     | summary   | no
         #  yes      | no   yes      yes >0    | summary   | semi [1]
         #  yes      | yes  *        *   *     | text diff | yes
         #  no       | *    *        *   *     | text diff | yes
         # [1]: hash(fctx.data()) is outputted. so fctx.data() cannot be faked
         if binary and (not opts.git or (opts.git and opts.nobinary and not
                                         opts.index)):
             # fast path: no binary content will be displayed, content1 and
             # content2 are only used for equivalent test. cmp() could have a
             # fast path.
             if fctx1 is not None:
                 content1 = b'\0'
             if fctx2 is not None:
                 if fctx1 is not None and not fctx1.cmp(fctx2):
                     content2 = b'\0' # not different
                 else:
                     content2 = b'\0\0'
         else:
             # normal path: load contents
             if fctx1 is not None:
                 content1 = fctx1.data()
             if fctx2 is not None:
                 content2 = fctx2.data()
 
         if binary and opts.git and not opts.nobinary:
             text = mdiff.b85diff(content1, content2)
             if text:
                 header.append('index %s..%s' %
                               (gitindex(content1), gitindex(content2)))
             hunks = (None, [text]),
         else:
             if opts.git and opts.index > 0:
                 flag = flag1
                 if flag is None:
                     flag = flag2
                 header.append('index %s..%s %s' %
                               (gitindex(content1)[0:opts.index],
                                gitindex(content2)[0:opts.index],
                                gitmode[flag]))
 
             uheaders, hunks = mdiff.unidiff(content1, date1,
                                             content2, date2,
                                             path1, path2, opts=opts)
             header.extend(uheaders)
         yield header, hunks
 
 def diffstatsum(stats):
     maxfile, maxtotal, addtotal, removetotal, binary = 0, 0, 0, 0, False
     for f, a, r, b in stats:
         maxfile = max(maxfile, encoding.colwidth(f))
         maxtotal = max(maxtotal, a + r)
         addtotal += a
         removetotal += r
         binary = binary or b
 
     return maxfile, maxtotal, addtotal, removetotal, binary
 
 def diffstatdata(lines):
     diffre = re.compile('^diff .*-r [a-z0-9]+\s(.*)$')
 
     results = []
     filename, adds, removes, isbinary = None, 0, 0, False
 
     def addresult():
         if filename:
             results.append((filename, adds, removes, isbinary))
 
     # inheader is used to track if a line is in the
     # header portion of the diff.  This helps properly account
     # for lines that start with '--' or '++'
     inheader = False
 
     for line in lines:
         if line.startswith('diff'):
             addresult()
             # starting a new file diff
             # set numbers to 0 and reset inheader
             inheader = True
             adds, removes, isbinary = 0, 0, False
             if line.startswith('diff --git a/'):
                 filename = gitre.search(line).group(2)
             elif line.startswith('diff -r'):
                 # format: "diff -r ... -r ... filename"
                 filename = diffre.search(line).group(1)
         elif line.startswith('@@'):
             inheader = False
         elif line.startswith('+') and not inheader:
             adds += 1
         elif line.startswith('-') and not inheader:
             removes += 1
         elif (line.startswith('GIT binary patch') or
               line.startswith('Binary file')):
             isbinary = True
     addresult()
     return results
 
 def diffstat(lines, width=80):
     output = []
     stats = diffstatdata(lines)
     maxname, maxtotal, totaladds, totalremoves, hasbinary = diffstatsum(stats)
 
     countwidth = len(str(maxtotal))
     if hasbinary and countwidth < 3:
         countwidth = 3
     graphwidth = width - countwidth - maxname - 6
     if graphwidth < 10:
         graphwidth = 10
 
     def scale(i):
         if maxtotal <= graphwidth:
             return i
         # If diffstat runs out of room it doesn't print anything,
         # which isn't very useful, so always print at least one + or -
         # if there were at least some changes.
         return max(i * graphwidth // maxtotal, int(bool(i)))
 
     for filename, adds, removes, isbinary in stats:
         if isbinary:
             count = 'Bin'
         else:
             count = '%d' % (adds + removes)
         pluses = '+' * scale(adds)
         minuses = '-' * scale(removes)
         output.append(' %s%s |  %*s %s%s\n' %
                       (filename, ' ' * (maxname - encoding.colwidth(filename)),
                        countwidth, count, pluses, minuses))
 
     if stats:
         output.append(_(' %d files changed, %d insertions(+), '
                         '%d deletions(-)\n')
                       % (len(stats), totaladds, totalremoves))
 
     return ''.join(output)
 
 def diffstatui(*args, **kw):
     '''like diffstat(), but yields 2-tuples of (output, label) for
     ui.write()
     '''
 
     for line in diffstat(*args, **kw).splitlines():
         if line and line[-1] in '+-':
             name, graph = line.rsplit(' ', 1)
             yield (name + ' ', '')
             m = re.search(br'\++', graph)
             if m:
                 yield (m.group(0), 'diffstat.inserted')
             m = re.search(br'-+', graph)
             if m:
                 yield (m.group(0), 'diffstat.deleted')
         else:
             yield (line, '')
         yield ('\n', '')

tests/test-completion.t

@@ -1,383 +1,383 b''
 Show all commands except debug commands
   $ hg debugcomplete
   add
   addremove
   annotate
   archive
   backout
   bisect
   bookmarks
   branch
   branches
   bundle
   cat
   clone
   commit
   config
   copy
   diff
   export
   files
   forget
   graft
   grep
   heads
   help
   identify
   import
   incoming
   init
   locate
   log
   manifest
   merge
   outgoing
   parents
   paths
   phase
   pull
   push
   recover
   remove
   rename
   resolve
   revert
   rollback
   root
   serve
   status
   summary
   tag
   tags
   tip
   unbundle
   update
   verify
   version
 
 Show all commands that start with "a"
   $ hg debugcomplete a
   add
   addremove
   annotate
   archive
 
 Do not show debug commands if there are other candidates
   $ hg debugcomplete d
   diff
 
 Show debug commands if there are no other candidates
   $ hg debugcomplete debug
   debugancestor
   debugapplystreamclonebundle
   debugbuilddag
   debugbundle
   debugcheckstate
   debugcolor
   debugcommands
   debugcomplete
   debugconfig
   debugcreatestreamclonebundle
   debugdag
   debugdata
   debugdate
   debugdeltachain
   debugdirstate
   debugdiscovery
   debugextensions
   debugfileset
   debugfsinfo
   debuggetbundle
   debugignore
   debugindex
   debugindexdot
   debuginstall
   debugknown
   debuglabelcomplete
   debuglocks
   debugmergestate
   debugnamecomplete
   debugobsolete
   debugpathcomplete
   debugpickmergetool
   debugpushkey
   debugpvec
   debugrebuilddirstate
   debugrebuildfncache
   debugrename
   debugrevlog
   debugrevspec
   debugsetparents
   debugssl
   debugsub
   debugsuccessorssets
   debugtemplate
   debugupdatecaches
   debugupgraderepo
   debugwalk
   debugwireargs
 
 Do not show the alias of a debug command if there are other candidates
 (this should hide rawcommit)
   $ hg debugcomplete r
   recover
   remove
   rename
   resolve
   revert
   rollback
   root
 Show the alias of a debug command if there are no other candidates
   $ hg debugcomplete rawc
   
 
 Show the global options
   $ hg debugcomplete --options | sort
   --color
   --config
   --cwd
   --debug
   --debugger
   --encoding
   --encodingmode
   --help
   --hidden
   --noninteractive
   --pager
   --profile
   --quiet
   --repository
   --time
   --traceback
   --verbose
   --version
   -R
   -h
   -q
   -v
   -y
 
 Show the options for the "serve" command
   $ hg debugcomplete --options serve | sort
   --accesslog
   --address
   --certificate
   --cmdserver
   --color
   --config
   --cwd
   --daemon
   --daemon-postexec
   --debug
   --debugger
   --encoding
   --encodingmode
   --errorlog
   --help
   --hidden
   --ipv6
   --name
   --noninteractive
   --pager
   --pid-file
   --port
   --prefix
   --profile
   --quiet
   --repository
   --stdio
   --style
   --subrepos
   --templates
   --time
   --traceback
   --verbose
   --version
   --web-conf
   -6
   -A
   -E
   -R
   -S
   -a
   -d
   -h
   -n
   -p
   -q
   -t
   -v
   -y
 
 Show an error if we use --options with an ambiguous abbreviation
   $ hg debugcomplete --options s
   hg: command 's' is ambiguous:
       serve showconfig status summary
   [255]
 
 Show all commands + options
   $ hg debugcommands
   add: include, exclude, subrepos, dry-run
-  annotate: rev, follow, no-follow, text, user, file, date, number, changeset, line-number, skip, ignore-all-space, ignore-space-change, ignore-blank-lines, include, exclude, template
+  annotate: rev, follow, no-follow, text, user, file, date, number, changeset, line-number, skip, ignore-all-space, ignore-space-change, ignore-blank-lines, ignore-space-at-eol, include, exclude, template
   clone: noupdate, updaterev, rev, branch, pull, uncompressed, ssh, remotecmd, insecure
   commit: addremove, close-branch, amend, secret, edit, interactive, include, exclude, message, logfile, date, user, subrepos
-  diff: rev, change, text, git, binary, nodates, noprefix, show-function, reverse, ignore-all-space, ignore-space-change, ignore-blank-lines, unified, stat, root, include, exclude, subrepos
+  diff: rev, change, text, git, binary, nodates, noprefix, show-function, reverse, ignore-all-space, ignore-space-change, ignore-blank-lines, ignore-space-at-eol, unified, stat, root, include, exclude, subrepos
   export: output, switch-parent, rev, text, git, binary, nodates
   forget: include, exclude
   init: ssh, remotecmd, insecure
   log: follow, follow-first, date, copies, keyword, rev, removed, only-merges, user, only-branch, branch, prune, patch, git, limit, no-merges, stat, graph, style, template, include, exclude
   merge: force, rev, preview, tool
   pull: update, force, rev, bookmark, branch, ssh, remotecmd, insecure
   push: force, rev, bookmark, branch, new-branch, pushvars, ssh, remotecmd, insecure
   remove: after, force, subrepos, include, exclude
   serve: accesslog, daemon, daemon-postexec, errorlog, port, address, prefix, name, web-conf, webdir-conf, pid-file, stdio, cmdserver, templates, style, ipv6, certificate, subrepos
   status: all, modified, added, removed, deleted, clean, unknown, ignored, no-status, terse, copies, print0, rev, change, include, exclude, subrepos, template
   summary: remote
   update: clean, check, merge, date, rev, tool
   addremove: similarity, subrepos, include, exclude, dry-run
   archive: no-decode, prefix, rev, type, subrepos, include, exclude
   backout: merge, commit, no-commit, parent, rev, edit, tool, include, exclude, message, logfile, date, user
   bisect: reset, good, bad, skip, extend, command, noupdate
   bookmarks: force, rev, delete, rename, inactive, template
   branch: force, clean
   branches: active, closed, template
   bundle: force, rev, branch, base, all, type, ssh, remotecmd, insecure
   cat: output, rev, decode, include, exclude, template
   config: untrusted, edit, local, global, template
   copy: after, force, include, exclude, dry-run
   debugancestor: 
   debugapplystreamclonebundle: 
   debugbuilddag: mergeable-file, overwritten-file, new-file
   debugbundle: all, part-type, spec
   debugcheckstate: 
   debugcolor: style
   debugcommands: 
   debugcomplete: options
   debugcreatestreamclonebundle: 
   debugdag: tags, branches, dots, spaces
   debugdata: changelog, manifest, dir
   debugdate: extended
   debugdeltachain: changelog, manifest, dir, template
   debugdirstate: nodates, datesort
   debugdiscovery: old, nonheads, ssh, remotecmd, insecure
   debugextensions: template
   debugfileset: rev
   debugfsinfo: 
   debuggetbundle: head, common, type
   debugignore: 
   debugindex: changelog, manifest, dir, format
   debugindexdot: changelog, manifest, dir
   debuginstall: template
   debugknown: 
   debuglabelcomplete: 
   debuglocks: force-lock, force-wlock
   debugmergestate: 
   debugnamecomplete: 
   debugobsolete: flags, record-parents, rev, exclusive, index, delete, date, user, template
   debugpathcomplete: full, normal, added, removed
   debugpickmergetool: rev, changedelete, include, exclude, tool
   debugpushkey: 
   debugpvec: 
   debugrebuilddirstate: rev, minimal
   debugrebuildfncache: 
   debugrename: rev
   debugrevlog: changelog, manifest, dir, dump
   debugrevspec: optimize, show-revs, show-set, show-stage, no-optimized, verify-optimized
   debugsetparents: 
   debugssl: 
   debugsub: rev
   debugsuccessorssets: closest
   debugtemplate: rev, define
   debugupdatecaches: 
   debugupgraderepo: optimize, run
   debugwalk: include, exclude
   debugwireargs: three, four, five, ssh, remotecmd, insecure
   files: rev, print0, include, exclude, template, subrepos
   graft: rev, continue, edit, log, force, currentdate, currentuser, date, user, tool, dry-run
   grep: print0, all, text, follow, ignore-case, files-with-matches, line-number, rev, user, date, template, include, exclude
   heads: rev, topo, active, closed, style, template
   help: extension, command, keyword, system
   identify: rev, num, id, branch, tags, bookmarks, ssh, remotecmd, insecure, template
   import: strip, base, edit, force, no-commit, bypass, partial, exact, prefix, import-branch, message, logfile, date, user, similarity
   incoming: force, newest-first, bundle, rev, bookmarks, branch, patch, git, limit, no-merges, stat, graph, style, template, ssh, remotecmd, insecure, subrepos
   locate: rev, print0, fullpath, include, exclude
   manifest: rev, all, template
   outgoing: force, rev, newest-first, bookmarks, branch, patch, git, limit, no-merges, stat, graph, style, template, ssh, remotecmd, insecure, subrepos
   parents: rev, style, template
   paths: template
   phase: public, draft, secret, force, rev
   recover: 
   rename: after, force, include, exclude, dry-run
   resolve: all, list, mark, unmark, no-status, tool, include, exclude, template
   revert: all, date, rev, no-backup, interactive, include, exclude, dry-run
   rollback: dry-run, force
   root: 
   tag: force, local, rev, remove, edit, message, date, user
   tags: template
   tip: patch, git, style, template
   unbundle: update
   verify: 
   version: template
 
   $ hg init a
   $ cd a
   $ echo fee > fee
   $ hg ci -q -Amfee
   $ hg tag fee
   $ mkdir fie
   $ echo dead > fie/dead
   $ echo live > fie/live
   $ hg bookmark fo
   $ hg branch -q fie
   $ hg ci -q -Amfie
   $ echo fo > fo
   $ hg branch -qf default
   $ hg ci -q -Amfo
   $ echo Fum > Fum
   $ hg ci -q -AmFum
   $ hg bookmark Fum
 
 Test debugpathcomplete
 
   $ hg debugpathcomplete f
   fee
   fie
   fo
   $ hg debugpathcomplete -f f
   fee
   fie/dead
   fie/live
   fo
 
   $ hg rm Fum
   $ hg debugpathcomplete -r F
   Fum
 
 Test debugnamecomplete
 
   $ hg debugnamecomplete
   Fum
   default
   fee
   fie
   fo
   tip
   $ hg debugnamecomplete f
   fee
   fie
   fo
 
 Test debuglabelcomplete, a deprecated name for debugnamecomplete that is still
 used for completions in some shells.
 
   $ hg debuglabelcomplete
   Fum
   default
   fee
   fie
   fo
   tip
   $ hg debuglabelcomplete f
   fee
   fie
   fo

tests/test-diff-ignore-whitespace.t

@@ -1,502 +1,517 b''
 GNU diff is the reference for all of these results.
 
 Prepare tests:
 
   $ echo '[alias]' >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo 'ndiff = diff --nodates' >> $HGRCPATH
 
   $ hg init
   $ printf 'hello world\ngoodbye world\n' >foo
   $ hg ci -Amfoo -ufoo
   adding foo
 
 
 Test added blank lines:
 
   $ printf '\nhello world\n\ngoodbye world\n\n' >foo
 
 >>> two diffs showing three added lines <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,5 @@
   +
    hello world
   +
    goodbye world
   +
   $ hg ndiff -b
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,5 @@
   +
    hello world
   +
    goodbye world
   +
 
 >>> no diffs <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff -B
   $ hg ndiff -Bb
 
 
 Test added horizontal space first on a line():
 
   $ printf '\t hello world\ngoodbye world\n' >foo
 
 >>> four diffs showing added space first on the first line <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
   -hello world
   +	 hello world
    goodbye world
 
   $ hg ndiff -b
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
   -hello world
   +	 hello world
    goodbye world
 
   $ hg ndiff -B
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
   -hello world
   +	 hello world
    goodbye world
 
   $ hg ndiff -Bb
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
   -hello world
   +	 hello world
    goodbye world
 
 
 Test added horizontal space last on a line:
 
   $ printf 'hello world\t \ngoodbye world\n' >foo
 
 >>> two diffs showing space appended to the first line <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
   -hello world
   +hello world	 
    goodbye world
 
   $ hg ndiff -B
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
   -hello world
   +hello world	 
    goodbye world
 
 >>> no diffs <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff -b
   $ hg ndiff -Bb
 
 
 Test added horizontal space in the middle of a word:
 
   $ printf 'hello world\ngood bye world\n' >foo
 
 >>> four diffs showing space inserted into "goodbye" <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
    hello world
   -goodbye world
   +good bye world
 
   $ hg ndiff -B
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
    hello world
   -goodbye world
   +good bye world
 
   $ hg ndiff -b
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
    hello world
   -goodbye world
   +good bye world
 
   $ hg ndiff -Bb
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
    hello world
   -goodbye world
   +good bye world
 
 
 Test increased horizontal whitespace amount:
 
   $ printf 'hello world\ngoodbye\t\t  \tworld\n' >foo
 
 >>> two diffs showing changed whitespace amount in the last line <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
    hello world
   -goodbye world
   +goodbye		  	world
 
   $ hg ndiff -B
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
    hello world
   -goodbye world
   +goodbye		  	world
 
 >>> no diffs <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff -b
   $ hg ndiff -Bb
 
 
 Test added blank line with horizontal whitespace:
 
   $ printf 'hello world\n \t\ngoodbye world\n' >foo
 
 >>> three diffs showing added blank line with horizontal space <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
    hello world
   + 	
    goodbye world
 
   $ hg ndiff -B
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
    hello world
   + 	
    goodbye world
 
   $ hg ndiff -b
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
    hello world
   + 	
    goodbye world
 
 >>> no diffs <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff -Bb
 
 
 Test added blank line with other whitespace:
 
   $ printf 'hello  world\n \t\ngoodbye world \n' >foo
 
 >>> three diffs showing added blank line with other space <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
   -hello world
   -goodbye world
   +hello  world
   + 	
   +goodbye world 
 
   $ hg ndiff -B
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
   -hello world
   -goodbye world
   +hello  world
   + 	
   +goodbye world 
 
   $ hg ndiff -b
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
    hello world
   + 	
    goodbye world
 
 >>> no diffs <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff -Bb
 
 
 Test whitespace changes:
 
   $ printf 'helloworld\ngoodbye\tworld \n' >foo
 
 >>> four diffs showing changed whitespace <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
   -hello world
   -goodbye world
   +helloworld
   +goodbye	world 
 
   $ hg ndiff -B
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
   -hello world
   -goodbye world
   +helloworld
   +goodbye	world 
 
   $ hg ndiff -b
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
   -hello world
   +helloworld
    goodbye world
 
   $ hg ndiff -Bb
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
   -hello world
   +helloworld
    goodbye world
 
 >>> no diffs <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff -w
 
 
 Test whitespace changes and blank lines:
 
   $ printf 'helloworld\n\n\n\ngoodbye\tworld \n' >foo
 
 >>> five diffs showing changed whitespace <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,5 @@
   -hello world
   -goodbye world
   +helloworld
   +
   +
   +
   +goodbye	world 
 
   $ hg ndiff -B
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,5 @@
   -hello world
   -goodbye world
   +helloworld
   +
   +
   +
   +goodbye	world 
 
   $ hg ndiff -b
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,5 @@
   -hello world
   +helloworld
   +
   +
   +
    goodbye world
 
   $ hg ndiff -Bb
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,5 @@
   -hello world
   +helloworld
   +
   +
   +
    goodbye world
 
   $ hg ndiff -w
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,5 @@
    hello world
   +
   +
   +
    goodbye world
 
 >>> no diffs <<<
 
   $ hg ndiff -wB
 
 
 Test \r (carriage return) as used in "DOS" line endings:
 
   $ printf 'hello world\r\n\r\ngoodbye\rworld\n' >foo
 
   $ hg ndiff
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
   -hello world
   -goodbye world
   +hello world\r (esc)
   +\r (esc)
   +goodbye\r (no-eol) (esc)
   world
 
+Test \r (carriage return) as used in "DOS" line endings:
+
+  $ printf 'hello world    \r\n\t\ngoodbye world\n' >foo
+
+  $ hg ndiff --ignore-space-at-eol
+  diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
+  --- a/foo
+  +++ b/foo
+  @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
+   hello world
+  +\t (esc)
+   goodbye world
+
 No completely blank lines to ignore:
 
+  $ printf 'hello world\r\n\r\ngoodbye\rworld\n' >foo
+
   $ hg ndiff --ignore-blank-lines
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
   -hello world
   -goodbye world
   +hello world\r (esc)
   +\r (esc)
   +goodbye\r (no-eol) (esc)
   world
 
 Only new line noticed:
 
   $ hg ndiff --ignore-space-change
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
    hello world
   +\r (esc)
    goodbye world
 
   $ hg ndiff --ignore-all-space
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
    hello world
   +\r (esc)
    goodbye world
 
 New line not noticed when space change ignored:
 
   $ hg ndiff --ignore-blank-lines --ignore-all-space
 
 Do not ignore all newlines, only blank lines
 
   $ printf 'hello \nworld\ngoodbye world\n' > foo
   $ hg ndiff --ignore-blank-lines
   diff -r 540c40a65b78 foo
   --- a/foo
   +++ b/foo
   @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
   -hello world
   +hello 
   +world
    goodbye world
 
 Test hunk offsets adjustments with --ignore-blank-lines
 
   $ hg revert -aC
   reverting foo
   $ printf '\nb\nx\nd\n' > a
   $ printf 'b\ny\nd\n' > b
   $ hg add a b
   $ hg ci -m add
   $ hg cat -r . a > b
   $ hg cat -r . b > a
   $ hg diff -B --nodates a > ../diffa
   $ cat ../diffa
   diff -r 0e66aa54f318 a
   --- a/a
   +++ b/a
   @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
    
    b
   -x
   +y
    d
   $ hg diff -B --nodates b > ../diffb
   $ cat ../diffb
   diff -r 0e66aa54f318 b
   --- a/b
   +++ b/b
   @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
    b
   -y
   +x
    d
   $ hg revert -aC
   reverting a
   reverting b
   $ hg import --no-commit ../diffa
   applying ../diffa
   $ hg revert -aC
   reverting a
   $ hg import --no-commit ../diffb
   applying ../diffb
   $ hg revert -aC
   reverting b

tests/test-help.t

@@ -1,3367 +1,3368 b''
 Short help:
 
   $ hg
   Mercurial Distributed SCM
   
   basic commands:
   
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    annotate      show changeset information by line for each file
    clone         make a copy of an existing repository
    commit        commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
    diff          diff repository (or selected files)
    export        dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
    forget        forget the specified files on the next commit
    init          create a new repository in the given directory
    log           show revision history of entire repository or files
    merge         merge another revision into working directory
    pull          pull changes from the specified source
    push          push changes to the specified destination
    remove        remove the specified files on the next commit
    serve         start stand-alone webserver
    status        show changed files in the working directory
    summary       summarize working directory state
    update        update working directory (or switch revisions)
   
   (use 'hg help' for the full list of commands or 'hg -v' for details)
 
   $ hg -q
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    annotate      show changeset information by line for each file
    clone         make a copy of an existing repository
    commit        commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
    diff          diff repository (or selected files)
    export        dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
    forget        forget the specified files on the next commit
    init          create a new repository in the given directory
    log           show revision history of entire repository or files
    merge         merge another revision into working directory
    pull          pull changes from the specified source
    push          push changes to the specified destination
    remove        remove the specified files on the next commit
    serve         start stand-alone webserver
    status        show changed files in the working directory
    summary       summarize working directory state
    update        update working directory (or switch revisions)
 
   $ hg help
   Mercurial Distributed SCM
   
   list of commands:
   
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    addremove     add all new files, delete all missing files
    annotate      show changeset information by line for each file
    archive       create an unversioned archive of a repository revision
    backout       reverse effect of earlier changeset
    bisect        subdivision search of changesets
    bookmarks     create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks
    branch        set or show the current branch name
    branches      list repository named branches
    bundle        create a bundle file
    cat           output the current or given revision of files
    clone         make a copy of an existing repository
    commit        commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
    config        show combined config settings from all hgrc files
    copy          mark files as copied for the next commit
    diff          diff repository (or selected files)
    export        dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
    files         list tracked files
    forget        forget the specified files on the next commit
    graft         copy changes from other branches onto the current branch
    grep          search revision history for a pattern in specified files
    heads         show branch heads
    help          show help for a given topic or a help overview
    identify      identify the working directory or specified revision
    import        import an ordered set of patches
    incoming      show new changesets found in source
    init          create a new repository in the given directory
    log           show revision history of entire repository or files
    manifest      output the current or given revision of the project manifest
    merge         merge another revision into working directory
    outgoing      show changesets not found in the destination
    paths         show aliases for remote repositories
    phase         set or show the current phase name
    pull          pull changes from the specified source
    push          push changes to the specified destination
    recover       roll back an interrupted transaction
    remove        remove the specified files on the next commit
    rename        rename files; equivalent of copy + remove
    resolve       redo merges or set/view the merge status of files
    revert        restore files to their checkout state
    root          print the root (top) of the current working directory
    serve         start stand-alone webserver
    status        show changed files in the working directory
    summary       summarize working directory state
    tag           add one or more tags for the current or given revision
    tags          list repository tags
    unbundle      apply one or more bundle files
    update        update working directory (or switch revisions)
    verify        verify the integrity of the repository
    version       output version and copyright information
   
   additional help topics:
   
    bundlespec    Bundle File Formats
    color         Colorizing Outputs
    config        Configuration Files
    dates         Date Formats
    diffs         Diff Formats
    environment   Environment Variables
    extensions    Using Additional Features
    filesets      Specifying File Sets
    glossary      Glossary
    hgignore      Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files
    hgweb         Configuring hgweb
    internals     Technical implementation topics
    merge-tools   Merge Tools
    pager         Pager Support
    patterns      File Name Patterns
    phases        Working with Phases
    revisions     Specifying Revisions
    scripting     Using Mercurial from scripts and automation
    subrepos      Subrepositories
    templating    Template Usage
    urls          URL Paths
   
   (use 'hg help -v' to show built-in aliases and global options)
 
   $ hg -q help
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    addremove     add all new files, delete all missing files
    annotate      show changeset information by line for each file
    archive       create an unversioned archive of a repository revision
    backout       reverse effect of earlier changeset
    bisect        subdivision search of changesets
    bookmarks     create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks
    branch        set or show the current branch name
    branches      list repository named branches
    bundle        create a bundle file
    cat           output the current or given revision of files
    clone         make a copy of an existing repository
    commit        commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
    config        show combined config settings from all hgrc files
    copy          mark files as copied for the next commit
    diff          diff repository (or selected files)
    export        dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
    files         list tracked files
    forget        forget the specified files on the next commit
    graft         copy changes from other branches onto the current branch
    grep          search revision history for a pattern in specified files
    heads         show branch heads
    help          show help for a given topic or a help overview
    identify      identify the working directory or specified revision
    import        import an ordered set of patches
    incoming      show new changesets found in source
    init          create a new repository in the given directory
    log           show revision history of entire repository or files
    manifest      output the current or given revision of the project manifest
    merge         merge another revision into working directory
    outgoing      show changesets not found in the destination
    paths         show aliases for remote repositories
    phase         set or show the current phase name
    pull          pull changes from the specified source
    push          push changes to the specified destination
    recover       roll back an interrupted transaction
    remove        remove the specified files on the next commit
    rename        rename files; equivalent of copy + remove
    resolve       redo merges or set/view the merge status of files
    revert        restore files to their checkout state
    root          print the root (top) of the current working directory
    serve         start stand-alone webserver
    status        show changed files in the working directory
    summary       summarize working directory state
    tag           add one or more tags for the current or given revision
    tags          list repository tags
    unbundle      apply one or more bundle files
    update        update working directory (or switch revisions)
    verify        verify the integrity of the repository
    version       output version and copyright information
   
   additional help topics:
   
    bundlespec    Bundle File Formats
    color         Colorizing Outputs
    config        Configuration Files
    dates         Date Formats
    diffs         Diff Formats
    environment   Environment Variables
    extensions    Using Additional Features
    filesets      Specifying File Sets
    glossary      Glossary
    hgignore      Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files
    hgweb         Configuring hgweb
    internals     Technical implementation topics
    merge-tools   Merge Tools
    pager         Pager Support
    patterns      File Name Patterns
    phases        Working with Phases
    revisions     Specifying Revisions
    scripting     Using Mercurial from scripts and automation
    subrepos      Subrepositories
    templating    Template Usage
    urls          URL Paths
 
 Test extension help:
   $ hg help extensions --config extensions.rebase= --config extensions.children=
   Using Additional Features
   """""""""""""""""""""""""
   
       Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of
       extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to existing
       commands, change the default behavior of commands, or implement hooks.
   
       To enable the "foo" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in the
       Python search path, create an entry for it in your configuration file,
       like this:
   
         [extensions]
         foo =
   
       You may also specify the full path to an extension:
   
         [extensions]
         myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
   
       See 'hg help config' for more information on configuration files.
   
       Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons: they can
       increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced usage only; they
       may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such as letting you destroy
       or modify history); they might not be ready for prime time; or they may
       alter some usual behaviors of stock Mercurial. It is thus up to the user
       to activate extensions as needed.
   
       To explicitly disable an extension enabled in a configuration file of
       broader scope, prepend its path with !:
   
         [extensions]
         # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py
         bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py
         # ditto, but no path was supplied for extension baz
         baz = !
   
       enabled extensions:
   
        children      command to display child changesets (DEPRECATED)
        rebase        command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor
   
       disabled extensions:
   
        acl           hooks for controlling repository access
        blackbox      log repository events to a blackbox for debugging
        bugzilla      hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker
        censor        erase file content at a given revision
        churn         command to display statistics about repository history
        clonebundles  advertise pre-generated bundles to seed clones
        convert       import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into
                      Mercurial
        eol           automatically manage newlines in repository files
        extdiff       command to allow external programs to compare revisions
        factotum      http authentication with factotum
        gpg           commands to sign and verify changesets
        hgk           browse the repository in a graphical way
        highlight     syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)
        histedit      interactive history editing
        keyword       expand keywords in tracked files
        largefiles    track large binary files
        mq            manage a stack of patches
        notify        hooks for sending email push notifications
        patchbomb     command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails
        purge         command to delete untracked files from the working
                      directory
        relink        recreates hardlinks between repository clones
        schemes       extend schemes with shortcuts to repository swarms
        share         share a common history between several working directories
        shelve        save and restore changes to the working directory
        strip         strip changesets and their descendants from history
        transplant    command to transplant changesets from another branch
        win32mbcs     allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings
        zeroconf      discover and advertise repositories on the local network
 
 Verify that extension keywords appear in help templates
 
   $ hg help --config extensions.transplant= templating|grep transplant > /dev/null
 
 Test short command list with verbose option
 
   $ hg -v help shortlist
   Mercurial Distributed SCM
   
   basic commands:
   
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    annotate, blame
                  show changeset information by line for each file
    clone         make a copy of an existing repository
    commit, ci    commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
    diff          diff repository (or selected files)
    export        dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
    forget        forget the specified files on the next commit
    init          create a new repository in the given directory
    log, history  show revision history of entire repository or files
    merge         merge another revision into working directory
    pull          pull changes from the specified source
    push          push changes to the specified destination
    remove, rm    remove the specified files on the next commit
    serve         start stand-alone webserver
    status, st    show changed files in the working directory
    summary, sum  summarize working directory state
    update, up, checkout, co
                  update working directory (or switch revisions)
   
   global options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -R --repository REPO   repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
                           file
       --cwd DIR           change working directory
    -y --noninteractive    do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
                           all prompts
    -q --quiet             suppress output
    -v --verbose           enable additional output
       --color TYPE        when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
                           debug)
       --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
       --debug             enable debugging output
       --debugger          start debugger
       --encoding ENCODE   set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
       --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
       --traceback         always print a traceback on exception
       --time              time how long the command takes
       --profile           print command execution profile
       --version           output version information and exit
    -h --help              display help and exit
       --hidden            consider hidden changesets
       --pager TYPE        when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
                           (default: auto)
   
   (use 'hg help' for the full list of commands)
 
   $ hg add -h
   hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]...
   
   add the specified files on the next commit
   
       Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository.
   
       The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an
       add before that, see 'hg forget'.
   
       If no names are given, add all files to the repository (except files
       matching ".hgignore").
   
       Returns 0 if all files are successfully added.
   
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
    -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
    -S --subrepos            recurse into subrepositories
    -n --dry-run             do not perform actions, just print output
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
 Verbose help for add
 
   $ hg add -hv
   hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]...
   
   add the specified files on the next commit
   
       Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository.
   
       The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an
       add before that, see 'hg forget'.
   
       If no names are given, add all files to the repository (except files
       matching ".hgignore").
   
       Examples:
   
         - New (unknown) files are added automatically by 'hg add':
   
             $ ls
             foo.c
             $ hg status
             ? foo.c
             $ hg add
             adding foo.c
             $ hg status
             A foo.c
   
         - Specific files to be added can be specified:
   
             $ ls
             bar.c  foo.c
             $ hg status
             ? bar.c
             ? foo.c
             $ hg add bar.c
             $ hg status
             A bar.c
             ? foo.c
   
       Returns 0 if all files are successfully added.
   
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
    -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
    -S --subrepos            recurse into subrepositories
    -n --dry-run             do not perform actions, just print output
   
   global options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -R --repository REPO   repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
                           file
       --cwd DIR           change working directory
    -y --noninteractive    do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
                           all prompts
    -q --quiet             suppress output
    -v --verbose           enable additional output
       --color TYPE        when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
                           debug)
       --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
       --debug             enable debugging output
       --debugger          start debugger
       --encoding ENCODE   set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
       --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
       --traceback         always print a traceback on exception
       --time              time how long the command takes
       --profile           print command execution profile
       --version           output version information and exit
    -h --help              display help and exit
       --hidden            consider hidden changesets
       --pager TYPE        when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
                           (default: auto)
 
 Test the textwidth config option
 
   $ hg root -h  --config ui.textwidth=50
   hg root
   
   print the root (top) of the current working
   directory
   
       Print the root directory of the current
       repository.
   
       Returns 0 on success.
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show
   complete help)
 
 Test help option with version option
 
   $ hg add -h --version
   Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob)
   (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)
   
   Copyright (C) 2005-* Matt Mackall and others (glob)
   This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
   warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
   $ hg add --skjdfks
   hg add: option --skjdfks not recognized
   hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]...
   
   add the specified files on the next commit
   
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
    -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
    -S --subrepos            recurse into subrepositories
    -n --dry-run             do not perform actions, just print output
   
   (use 'hg add -h' to show more help)
   [255]
 
 Test ambiguous command help
 
   $ hg help ad
   list of commands:
   
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    addremove     add all new files, delete all missing files
   
   (use 'hg help -v ad' to show built-in aliases and global options)
 
 Test command without options
 
   $ hg help verify
   hg verify
   
   verify the integrity of the repository
   
       Verify the integrity of the current repository.
   
       This will perform an extensive check of the repository's integrity,
       validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in the changelog,
       manifest, and tracked files, as well as the integrity of their crosslinks
       and indices.
   
       Please see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/RepositoryCorruption for more
       information about recovery from corruption of the repository.
   
       Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
   $ hg help diff
   hg diff [OPTION]... ([-c REV] | [-r REV1 [-r REV2]]) [FILE]...
   
   diff repository (or selected files)
   
       Show differences between revisions for the specified files.
   
       Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.
   
       Note:
          'hg diff' may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will
          default to comparing against the working directory's first parent
          changeset if no revisions are specified.
   
       When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between
       those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is
       compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,
       the working directory files are compared to its first parent.
   
       Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see the
       changes in that changeset relative to its first parent.
   
       Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of files it
       detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff anyway, probably
       with undesirable results.
   
       Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff format.
       For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.
   
       Returns 0 on success.
   
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -r --rev REV [+]         revision
    -c --change REV          change made by revision
    -a --text                treat all files as text
    -g --git                 use git extended diff format
       --binary              generate binary diffs in git mode (default)
       --nodates             omit dates from diff headers
       --noprefix            omit a/ and b/ prefixes from filenames
    -p --show-function       show which function each change is in
       --reverse             produce a diff that undoes the changes
    -w --ignore-all-space    ignore white space when comparing lines
    -b --ignore-space-change ignore changes in the amount of white space
    -B --ignore-blank-lines  ignore changes whose lines are all blank
+   -Z --ignore-space-at-eol ignore changes in whitespace at EOL
    -U --unified NUM         number of lines of context to show
       --stat                output diffstat-style summary of changes
       --root DIR            produce diffs relative to subdirectory
    -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
    -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
    -S --subrepos            recurse into subrepositories
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
   $ hg help status
   hg status [OPTION]... [FILE]...
   
   aliases: st
   
   show changed files in the working directory
   
       Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only files
       that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or the source of a
       copy/move operation, are not listed unless -c/--clean, -i/--ignored,
       -C/--copies or -A/--all are given. Unless options described with "show
       only ..." are given, the options -mardu are used.
   
       Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files unless
       explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.
   
       Note:
          'hg status' may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have
          changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not
          report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative to one
          merge parent.
   
       If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision. If two
       revisions are given, the differences between them are shown. The --change
       option can also be used as a shortcut to list the changed files of a
       revision from its first parent.
   
       The codes used to show the status of files are:
   
         M = modified
         A = added
         R = removed
         C = clean
         ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)
         ? = not tracked
         I = ignored
           = origin of the previous file (with --copies)
   
       Returns 0 on success.
   
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -A --all                 show status of all files
    -m --modified            show only modified files
    -a --added               show only added files
    -r --removed             show only removed files
    -d --deleted             show only deleted (but tracked) files
    -c --clean               show only files without changes
    -u --unknown             show only unknown (not tracked) files
    -i --ignored             show only ignored files
    -n --no-status           hide status prefix
    -C --copies              show source of copied files
    -0 --print0              end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs
       --rev REV [+]         show difference from revision
       --change REV          list the changed files of a revision
    -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
    -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
    -S --subrepos            recurse into subrepositories
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
   $ hg -q help status
   hg status [OPTION]... [FILE]...
   
   show changed files in the working directory
 
   $ hg help foo
   abort: no such help topic: foo
   (try 'hg help --keyword foo')
   [255]
 
   $ hg skjdfks
   hg: unknown command 'skjdfks'
   Mercurial Distributed SCM
   
   basic commands:
   
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    annotate      show changeset information by line for each file
    clone         make a copy of an existing repository
    commit        commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
    diff          diff repository (or selected files)
    export        dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
    forget        forget the specified files on the next commit
    init          create a new repository in the given directory
    log           show revision history of entire repository or files
    merge         merge another revision into working directory
    pull          pull changes from the specified source
    push          push changes to the specified destination
    remove        remove the specified files on the next commit
    serve         start stand-alone webserver
    status        show changed files in the working directory
    summary       summarize working directory state
    update        update working directory (or switch revisions)
   
   (use 'hg help' for the full list of commands or 'hg -v' for details)
   [255]
 
 Typoed command gives suggestion
   $ hg puls
   hg: unknown command 'puls'
   (did you mean one of pull, push?)
   [255]
 
 Not enabled extension gets suggested
 
   $ hg rebase
   hg: unknown command 'rebase'
   'rebase' is provided by the following extension:
   
       rebase        command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor
   
   (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
   [255]
 
 Disabled extension gets suggested
   $ hg --config extensions.rebase=! rebase
   hg: unknown command 'rebase'
   'rebase' is provided by the following extension:
   
       rebase        command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor
   
   (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
   [255]
 
 Make sure that we don't run afoul of the help system thinking that
 this is a section and erroring out weirdly.
 
   $ hg .log
   hg: unknown command '.log'
   (did you mean log?)
   [255]
 
   $ hg log.
   hg: unknown command 'log.'
   (did you mean log?)
   [255]
   $ hg pu.lh
   hg: unknown command 'pu.lh'
   (did you mean one of pull, push?)
   [255]
 
   $ cat > helpext.py <<EOF
   > import os
   > from mercurial import commands, registrar
   > 
   > cmdtable = {}
   > command = registrar.command(cmdtable)
   > 
   > @command(b'nohelp',
   >     [(b'', b'longdesc', 3, b'x'*90),
   >     (b'n', b'', None, b'normal desc'),
   >     (b'', b'newline', b'', b'line1\nline2')],
   >     b'hg nohelp',
   >     norepo=True)
   > @command(b'debugoptADV', [(b'', b'aopt', None, b'option is (ADVANCED)')])
   > @command(b'debugoptDEP', [(b'', b'dopt', None, b'option is (DEPRECATED)')])
   > @command(b'debugoptEXP', [(b'', b'eopt', None, b'option is (EXPERIMENTAL)')])
   > def nohelp(ui, *args, **kwargs):
   >     pass
   > 
   > def uisetup(ui):
   >     ui.setconfig(b'alias', b'shellalias', b'!echo hi', b'helpext')
   >     ui.setconfig(b'alias', b'hgalias', b'summary', b'helpext')
   > 
   > EOF
   $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo "helpext = `pwd`/helpext.py" >> $HGRCPATH
 
 Test for aliases
 
   $ hg help hgalias
   hg hgalias [--remote]
   
   alias for: hg summary
   
   summarize working directory state
   
       This generates a brief summary of the working directory state, including
       parents, branch, commit status, phase and available updates.
   
       With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for incoming
       and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming.
   
       Returns 0 on success.
   
   defined by: helpext
   
   options:
   
     --remote check for push and pull
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
   $ hg help shellalias
   hg shellalias
   
   shell alias for:
   
     echo hi
   
   defined by: helpext
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
 Test command with no help text
 
   $ hg help nohelp
   hg nohelp
   
   (no help text available)
   
   options:
   
       --longdesc VALUE xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                        xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx (default: 3)
    -n --               normal desc
       --newline VALUE  line1 line2
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
   $ hg help -k nohelp
   Commands:
   
    nohelp hg nohelp
   
   Extension Commands:
   
    nohelp (no help text available)
 
 Test that default list of commands omits extension commands
 
   $ hg help
   Mercurial Distributed SCM
   
   list of commands:
   
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    addremove     add all new files, delete all missing files
    annotate      show changeset information by line for each file
    archive       create an unversioned archive of a repository revision
    backout       reverse effect of earlier changeset
    bisect        subdivision search of changesets
    bookmarks     create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks
    branch        set or show the current branch name
    branches      list repository named branches
    bundle        create a bundle file
    cat           output the current or given revision of files
    clone         make a copy of an existing repository
    commit        commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
    config        show combined config settings from all hgrc files
    copy          mark files as copied for the next commit
    diff          diff repository (or selected files)
    export        dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
    files         list tracked files
    forget        forget the specified files on the next commit
    graft         copy changes from other branches onto the current branch
    grep          search revision history for a pattern in specified files
    heads         show branch heads
    help          show help for a given topic or a help overview
    identify      identify the working directory or specified revision
    import        import an ordered set of patches
    incoming      show new changesets found in source
    init          create a new repository in the given directory
    log           show revision history of entire repository or files
    manifest      output the current or given revision of the project manifest
    merge         merge another revision into working directory
    outgoing      show changesets not found in the destination
    paths         show aliases for remote repositories
    phase         set or show the current phase name
    pull          pull changes from the specified source
    push          push changes to the specified destination
    recover       roll back an interrupted transaction
    remove        remove the specified files on the next commit
    rename        rename files; equivalent of copy + remove
    resolve       redo merges or set/view the merge status of files
    revert        restore files to their checkout state
    root          print the root (top) of the current working directory
    serve         start stand-alone webserver
    status        show changed files in the working directory
    summary       summarize working directory state
    tag           add one or more tags for the current or given revision
    tags          list repository tags
    unbundle      apply one or more bundle files
    update        update working directory (or switch revisions)
    verify        verify the integrity of the repository
    version       output version and copyright information
   
   enabled extensions:
   
    helpext       (no help text available)
   
   additional help topics:
   
    bundlespec    Bundle File Formats
    color         Colorizing Outputs
    config        Configuration Files
    dates         Date Formats
    diffs         Diff Formats
    environment   Environment Variables
    extensions    Using Additional Features
    filesets      Specifying File Sets
    glossary      Glossary
    hgignore      Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files
    hgweb         Configuring hgweb
    internals     Technical implementation topics
    merge-tools   Merge Tools
    pager         Pager Support
    patterns      File Name Patterns
    phases        Working with Phases
    revisions     Specifying Revisions
    scripting     Using Mercurial from scripts and automation
    subrepos      Subrepositories
    templating    Template Usage
    urls          URL Paths
   
   (use 'hg help -v' to show built-in aliases and global options)
 
 
 Test list of internal help commands
 
   $ hg help debug
   debug commands (internal and unsupported):
   
    debugancestor
                  find the ancestor revision of two revisions in a given index
    debugapplystreamclonebundle
                  apply a stream clone bundle file
    debugbuilddag
                  builds a repo with a given DAG from scratch in the current
                  empty repo
    debugbundle   lists the contents of a bundle
    debugcheckstate
                  validate the correctness of the current dirstate
    debugcolor    show available color, effects or style
    debugcommands
                  list all available commands and options
    debugcomplete
                  returns the completion list associated with the given command
    debugcreatestreamclonebundle
                  create a stream clone bundle file
    debugdag      format the changelog or an index DAG as a concise textual
                  description
    debugdata     dump the contents of a data file revision
    debugdate     parse and display a date
    debugdeltachain
                  dump information about delta chains in a revlog
    debugdirstate
                  show the contents of the current dirstate
    debugdiscovery
                  runs the changeset discovery protocol in isolation
    debugextensions
                  show information about active extensions
    debugfileset  parse and apply a fileset specification
    debugfsinfo   show information detected about current filesystem
    debuggetbundle
                  retrieves a bundle from a repo
    debugignore   display the combined ignore pattern and information about
                  ignored files
    debugindex    dump the contents of an index file
    debugindexdot
                  dump an index DAG as a graphviz dot file
    debuginstall  test Mercurial installation
    debugknown    test whether node ids are known to a repo
    debuglocks    show or modify state of locks
    debugmergestate
                  print merge state
    debugnamecomplete
                  complete "names" - tags, open branch names, bookmark names
    debugobsolete
                  create arbitrary obsolete marker
    debugoptADV   (no help text available)
    debugoptDEP   (no help text available)
    debugoptEXP   (no help text available)
    debugpathcomplete
                  complete part or all of a tracked path
    debugpickmergetool
                  examine which merge tool is chosen for specified file
    debugpushkey  access the pushkey key/value protocol
    debugpvec     (no help text available)
    debugrebuilddirstate
                  rebuild the dirstate as it would look like for the given
                  revision
    debugrebuildfncache
                  rebuild the fncache file
    debugrename   dump rename information
    debugrevlog   show data and statistics about a revlog
    debugrevspec  parse and apply a revision specification
    debugsetparents
                  manually set the parents of the current working directory
    debugssl      test a secure connection to a server
    debugsub      (no help text available)
    debugsuccessorssets
                  show set of successors for revision
    debugtemplate
                  parse and apply a template
    debugupdatecaches
                  warm all known caches in the repository
    debugupgraderepo
                  upgrade a repository to use different features
    debugwalk     show how files match on given patterns
    debugwireargs
                  (no help text available)
   
   (use 'hg help -v debug' to show built-in aliases and global options)
 
 internals topic renders index of available sub-topics
 
   $ hg help internals
   Technical implementation topics
   """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
   
       To access a subtopic, use "hg help internals.{subtopic-name}"
   
        bundles       Bundles
        censor        Censor
        changegroups  Changegroups
        requirements  Repository Requirements
        revlogs       Revision Logs
        wireprotocol  Wire Protocol
 
 sub-topics can be accessed
 
   $ hg help internals.changegroups
   Changegroups
   """"""""""""
   
       Changegroups are representations of repository revlog data, specifically
       the changelog data, root/flat manifest data, treemanifest data, and
       filelogs.
   
       There are 3 versions of changegroups: "1", "2", and "3". From a high-
       level, versions "1" and "2" are almost exactly the same, with the only
       difference being an additional item in the *delta header*.  Version "3"
       adds support for revlog flags in the *delta header* and optionally
       exchanging treemanifests (enabled by setting an option on the
       "changegroup" part in the bundle2).
   
       Changegroups when not exchanging treemanifests consist of 3 logical
       segments:
   
         +---------------------------------+
         |           |          |          |
         | changeset | manifest | filelogs |
         |           |          |          |
         |           |          |          |
         +---------------------------------+
   
       When exchanging treemanifests, there are 4 logical segments:
   
         +-------------------------------------------------+
         |           |          |               |          |
         | changeset |   root   | treemanifests | filelogs |
         |           | manifest |               |          |
         |           |          |               |          |
         +-------------------------------------------------+
   
       The principle building block of each segment is a *chunk*. A *chunk* is a
       framed piece of data:
   
         +---------------------------------------+
         |           |                           |
         |  length   |           data            |
         | (4 bytes) |   (<length - 4> bytes)    |
         |           |                           |
         +---------------------------------------+
   
       All integers are big-endian signed integers. Each chunk starts with a
       32-bit integer indicating the length of the entire chunk (including the
       length field itself).
   
       There is a special case chunk that has a value of 0 for the length
       ("0x00000000"). We call this an *empty chunk*.
   
       Delta Groups
       ============
   
       A *delta group* expresses the content of a revlog as a series of deltas,
       or patches against previous revisions.
   
       Delta groups consist of 0 or more *chunks* followed by the *empty chunk*
       to signal the end of the delta group:
   
         +------------------------------------------------------------------------+
         |                |             |               |             |           |
         | chunk0 length  | chunk0 data | chunk1 length | chunk1 data |    0x0    |
         |   (4 bytes)    |  (various)  |   (4 bytes)   |  (various)  | (4 bytes) |
         |                |             |               |             |           |
         +------------------------------------------------------------------------+
   
       Each *chunk*'s data consists of the following:
   
         +---------------------------------------+
         |                        |              |
         |     delta header       |  delta data  |
         |  (various by version)  |  (various)   |
         |                        |              |
         +---------------------------------------+
   
       The *delta data* is a series of *delta*s that describe a diff from an
       existing entry (either that the recipient already has, or previously
       specified in the bundle/changegroup).
   
       The *delta header* is different between versions "1", "2", and "3" of the
       changegroup format.
   
       Version 1 (headerlen=80):
   
         +------------------------------------------------------+
         |            |             |             |             |
         |    node    |   p1 node   |   p2 node   |  link node  |
         | (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |
         |            |             |             |             |
         +------------------------------------------------------+
   
       Version 2 (headerlen=100):
   
         +------------------------------------------------------------------+
         |            |             |             |            |            |
         |    node    |   p1 node   |   p2 node   | base node  | link node  |
         | (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) |
         |            |             |             |            |            |
         +------------------------------------------------------------------+
   
       Version 3 (headerlen=102):
   
         +------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
         |            |             |             |            |            |           |
         |    node    |   p1 node   |   p2 node   | base node  | link node  |   flags   |
         | (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) | (2 bytes) |
         |            |             |             |            |            |           |
         +------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
   
       The *delta data* consists of "chunklen - 4 - headerlen" bytes, which
       contain a series of *delta*s, densely packed (no separators). These deltas
       describe a diff from an existing entry (either that the recipient already
       has, or previously specified in the bundle/changegroup). The format is
       described more fully in "hg help internals.bdiff", but briefly:
   
         +---------------------------------------------------------------+
         |              |            |            |                      |
         | start offset | end offset | new length |        content       |
         |  (4 bytes)   |  (4 bytes) |  (4 bytes) | (<new length> bytes) |
         |              |            |            |                      |
         +---------------------------------------------------------------+
   
       Please note that the length field in the delta data does *not* include
       itself.
   
       In version 1, the delta is always applied against the previous node from
       the changegroup or the first parent if this is the first entry in the
       changegroup.
   
       In version 2 and up, the delta base node is encoded in the entry in the
       changegroup. This allows the delta to be expressed against any parent,
       which can result in smaller deltas and more efficient encoding of data.
   
       Changeset Segment
       =================
   
       The *changeset segment* consists of a single *delta group* holding
       changelog data. The *empty chunk* at the end of the *delta group* denotes
       the boundary to the *manifest segment*.
   
       Manifest Segment
       ================
   
       The *manifest segment* consists of a single *delta group* holding manifest
       data. If treemanifests are in use, it contains only the manifest for the
       root directory of the repository. Otherwise, it contains the entire
       manifest data. The *empty chunk* at the end of the *delta group* denotes
       the boundary to the next segment (either the *treemanifests segment* or
       the *filelogs segment*, depending on version and the request options).
   
       Treemanifests Segment
       ---------------------
   
       The *treemanifests segment* only exists in changegroup version "3", and
       only if the 'treemanifest' param is part of the bundle2 changegroup part
       (it is not possible to use changegroup version 3 outside of bundle2).
       Aside from the filenames in the *treemanifests segment* containing a
       trailing "/" character, it behaves identically to the *filelogs segment*
       (see below). The final sub-segment is followed by an *empty chunk*
       (logically, a sub-segment with filename size 0). This denotes the boundary
       to the *filelogs segment*.
   
       Filelogs Segment
       ================
   
       The *filelogs segment* consists of multiple sub-segments, each
       corresponding to an individual file whose data is being described:
   
         +--------------------------------------------------+
         |          |          |          |     |           |
         | filelog0 | filelog1 | filelog2 | ... |    0x0    |
         |          |          |          |     | (4 bytes) |
         |          |          |          |     |           |
         +--------------------------------------------------+
   
       The final filelog sub-segment is followed by an *empty chunk* (logically,
       a sub-segment with filename size 0). This denotes the end of the segment
       and of the overall changegroup.
   
       Each filelog sub-segment consists of the following:
   
         +------------------------------------------------------+
         |                 |                      |             |
         | filename length |       filename       | delta group |
         |    (4 bytes)    | (<length - 4> bytes) |  (various)  |
         |                 |                      |             |
         +------------------------------------------------------+
   
       That is, a *chunk* consisting of the filename (not terminated or padded)
       followed by N chunks constituting the *delta group* for this file. The
       *empty chunk* at the end of each *delta group* denotes the boundary to the
       next filelog sub-segment.
 
 Test list of commands with command with no help text
 
   $ hg help helpext
   helpext extension - no help text available
   
   list of commands:
   
    nohelp        (no help text available)
   
   (use 'hg help -v helpext' to show built-in aliases and global options)
 
 
 test advanced, deprecated and experimental options are hidden in command help
   $ hg help debugoptADV
   hg debugoptADV
   
   (no help text available)
   
   options:
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
   $ hg help debugoptDEP
   hg debugoptDEP
   
   (no help text available)
   
   options:
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
   $ hg help debugoptEXP
   hg debugoptEXP
   
   (no help text available)
   
   options:
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
 test advanced, deprecated and experimental options are shown with -v
   $ hg help -v debugoptADV | grep aopt
     --aopt option is (ADVANCED)
   $ hg help -v debugoptDEP | grep dopt
     --dopt option is (DEPRECATED)
   $ hg help -v debugoptEXP | grep eopt
     --eopt option is (EXPERIMENTAL)
 
 #if gettext
 test deprecated option is hidden with translation with untranslated description
 (use many globy for not failing on changed transaction)
   $ LANGUAGE=sv hg help debugoptDEP
   hg debugoptDEP
   
   (*) (glob)
   
   options:
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 #endif
 
 Test commands that collide with topics (issue4240)
 
   $ hg config -hq
   hg config [-u] [NAME]...
   
   show combined config settings from all hgrc files
   $ hg showconfig -hq
   hg config [-u] [NAME]...
   
   show combined config settings from all hgrc files
 
 Test a help topic
 
   $ hg help dates
   Date Formats
   """"""""""""
   
       Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:
   
       - backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.
       - log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.
   
       Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples:
   
       - "Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006" (local timezone assumed)
       - "Dec 6 13:18 -0600" (year assumed, time offset provided)
       - "Dec 6 13:18 UTC" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)
       - "Dec 6" (midnight)
       - "13:18" (today assumed)
       - "3:39" (3:39AM assumed)
       - "3:39pm" (15:39)
       - "2006-12-06 13:18:29" (ISO 8601 format)
       - "2006-12-6 13:18"
       - "2006-12-6"
       - "12-6"
       - "12/6"
       - "12/6/6" (Dec 6 2006)
       - "today" (midnight)
       - "yesterday" (midnight)
       - "now" - right now
   
       Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format:
   
       - "1165411109 0" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)
   
       This is the internal representation format for dates. The first number is
       the number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). The second
       is the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC (negative if
       the timezone is east of UTC).
   
       The log command also accepts date ranges:
   
       - "<DATE" - at or before a given date/time
       - ">DATE" - on or after a given date/time
       - "DATE to DATE" - a date range, inclusive
       - "-DAYS" - within a given number of days of today
 
 Test repeated config section name
 
   $ hg help config.host
       "http_proxy.host"
           Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
           "myproxy:8000".
   
       "smtp.host"
           Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
   
 Unrelated trailing paragraphs shouldn't be included
 
   $ hg help config.extramsg | grep '^$'
   
 
 Test capitalized section name
 
   $ hg help scripting.HGPLAIN > /dev/null
 
 Help subsection:
 
   $ hg help config.charsets |grep "Email example:" > /dev/null
   [1]
 
 Show nested definitions
 ("profiling.type"[break]"ls"[break]"stat"[break])
 
   $ hg help config.type | egrep '^$'|wc -l
   \s*3 (re)
 
 Separate sections from subsections
 
   $ hg help config.format | egrep '^    ("|-)|^\s*$' | uniq
       "format"
       --------
   
       "usegeneraldelta"
   
       "dotencode"
   
       "usefncache"
   
       "usestore"
   
       "profiling"
       -----------
   
       "format"
   
       "progress"
       ----------
   
       "format"
   
 
 Last item in help config.*:
 
   $ hg help config.`hg help config|grep '^    "'| \
   >       tail -1|sed 's![ "]*!!g'`| \
   >   grep 'hg help -c config' > /dev/null
   [1]
 
 note to use help -c for general hg help config:
 
   $ hg help config |grep 'hg help -c config' > /dev/null
 
 Test templating help
 
   $ hg help templating | egrep '(desc|diffstat|firstline|nonempty)  '
       desc          String. The text of the changeset description.
       diffstat      String. Statistics of changes with the following format:
       firstline     Any text. Returns the first line of text.
       nonempty      Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty.
 
 Test deprecated items
 
   $ hg help -v templating | grep currentbookmark
       currentbookmark
   $ hg help templating | (grep currentbookmark || true)
 
 Test help hooks
 
   $ cat > helphook1.py <<EOF
   > from mercurial import help
   > 
   > def rewrite(ui, topic, doc):
   >     return doc + '\nhelphook1\n'
   > 
   > def extsetup(ui):
   >     help.addtopichook('revisions', rewrite)
   > EOF
   $ cat > helphook2.py <<EOF
   > from mercurial import help
   > 
   > def rewrite(ui, topic, doc):
   >     return doc + '\nhelphook2\n'
   > 
   > def extsetup(ui):
   >     help.addtopichook('revisions', rewrite)
   > EOF
   $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo "helphook1 = `pwd`/helphook1.py" >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo "helphook2 = `pwd`/helphook2.py" >> $HGRCPATH
   $ hg help revsets | grep helphook
       helphook1
       helphook2
 
 help -c should only show debug --debug
 
   $ hg help -c --debug|egrep debug|wc -l|egrep '^\s*0\s*$'
   [1]
 
 help -c should only show deprecated for -v
 
   $ hg help -c -v|egrep DEPRECATED|wc -l|egrep '^\s*0\s*$'
   [1]
 
 Test -s / --system
 
   $ hg help config.files -s windows |grep 'etc/mercurial' | \
   > wc -l | sed -e 's/ //g'
   0
   $ hg help config.files --system unix | grep 'USER' | \
   > wc -l | sed -e 's/ //g'
   0
 
 Test -e / -c / -k combinations
 
   $ hg help -c|egrep '^[A-Z].*:|^ debug'
   Commands:
   $ hg help -e|egrep '^[A-Z].*:|^ debug'
   Extensions:
   $ hg help -k|egrep '^[A-Z].*:|^ debug'
   Topics:
   Commands:
   Extensions:
   Extension Commands:
   $ hg help -c schemes
   abort: no such help topic: schemes
   (try 'hg help --keyword schemes')
   [255]
   $ hg help -e schemes |head -1
   schemes extension - extend schemes with shortcuts to repository swarms
   $ hg help -c -k dates |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):'
   Commands:
   $ hg help -e -k a |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):'
   Extensions:
   $ hg help -e -c -k date |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):'
   Extensions:
   Commands:
   $ hg help -c commit > /dev/null
   $ hg help -e -c commit > /dev/null
   $ hg help -e commit > /dev/null
   abort: no such help topic: commit
   (try 'hg help --keyword commit')
   [255]
 
 Test keyword search help
 
   $ cat > prefixedname.py <<EOF
   > '''matched against word "clone"
   > '''
   > EOF
   $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo "dot.dot.prefixedname = `pwd`/prefixedname.py" >> $HGRCPATH
   $ hg help -k clone
   Topics:
   
    config     Configuration Files
    extensions Using Additional Features
    glossary   Glossary
    phases     Working with Phases
    subrepos   Subrepositories
    urls       URL Paths
   
   Commands:
   
    bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks
    clone     make a copy of an existing repository
    paths     show aliases for remote repositories
    update    update working directory (or switch revisions)
   
   Extensions:
   
    clonebundles advertise pre-generated bundles to seed clones
    prefixedname matched against word "clone"
    relink       recreates hardlinks between repository clones
   
   Extension Commands:
   
    qclone clone main and patch repository at same time
 
 Test unfound topic
 
   $ hg help nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever
   abort: no such help topic: nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever
   (try 'hg help --keyword nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever')
   [255]
 
 Test unfound keyword
 
   $ hg help --keyword nonexistingwordthatwillneverexisteverever
   abort: no matches
   (try 'hg help' for a list of topics)
   [255]
 
 Test omit indicating for help
 
   $ cat > addverboseitems.py <<EOF
   > '''extension to test omit indicating.
   > 
   > This paragraph is never omitted (for extension)
   > 
   > .. container:: verbose
   > 
   >   This paragraph is omitted,
   >   if :hg:\`help\` is invoked without \`\`-v\`\` (for extension)
   > 
   > This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension)
   > '''
   > from __future__ import absolute_import
   > from mercurial import commands, help
   > testtopic = """This paragraph is never omitted (for topic).
   > 
   > .. container:: verbose
   > 
   >   This paragraph is omitted,
   >   if :hg:\`help\` is invoked without \`\`-v\`\` (for topic)
   > 
   > This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic)
   > """
   > def extsetup(ui):
   >     help.helptable.append((["topic-containing-verbose"],
   >                            "This is the topic to test omit indicating.",
   >                            lambda ui: testtopic))
   > EOF
   $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo "addverboseitems = `pwd`/addverboseitems.py" >> $HGRCPATH
   $ hg help addverboseitems
   addverboseitems extension - extension to test omit indicating.
   
   This paragraph is never omitted (for extension)
   
   This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension)
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
   
   no commands defined
   $ hg help -v addverboseitems
   addverboseitems extension - extension to test omit indicating.
   
   This paragraph is never omitted (for extension)
   
   This paragraph is omitted, if 'hg help' is invoked without "-v" (for
   extension)
   
   This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension)
   
   no commands defined
   $ hg help topic-containing-verbose
   This is the topic to test omit indicating.
   """"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
   
       This paragraph is never omitted (for topic).
   
       This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic)
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
   $ hg help -v topic-containing-verbose
   This is the topic to test omit indicating.
   """"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
   
       This paragraph is never omitted (for topic).
   
       This paragraph is omitted, if 'hg help' is invoked without "-v" (for
       topic)
   
       This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic)
 
 Test section lookup
 
   $ hg help revset.merge
       "merge()"
         Changeset is a merge changeset.
   
   $ hg help glossary.dag
       DAG
           The repository of changesets of a distributed version control system
           (DVCS) can be described as a directed acyclic graph (DAG), consisting
           of nodes and edges, where nodes correspond to changesets and edges
           imply a parent -> child relation. This graph can be visualized by
           graphical tools such as 'hg log --graph'. In Mercurial, the DAG is
           limited by the requirement for children to have at most two parents.
   
 
   $ hg help hgrc.paths
       "paths"
       -------
   
       Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
   
       Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
       location of the repository. Example:
   
         [paths]
         my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
         local_path = /home/me/repo
   
       These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull from
       "my_server": 'hg pull my_server'. To push to "local_path": 'hg push
       local_path'.
   
       Options containing colons (":") denote sub-options that can influence
       behavior for that specific path. Example:
   
         [paths]
         my_server = https://example.com/my_path
         my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
   
       The following sub-options can be defined:
   
       "pushurl"
          The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
          defined by the path's main entry is used.
   
       "pushrev"
          A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
   
          When 'hg push' is executed without a "-r" argument, the revset defined
          by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
   
          For example, a value of "." will push the working directory's revision
          by default.
   
          Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
          pushed.
   
       The following special named paths exist:
   
       "default"
          The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
   
          'hg clone' will automatically define this path to the location the
          repository was cloned from.
   
       "default-push"
          (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default 'hg push' location.
          "default:pushurl" should be used instead.
   
   $ hg help glossary.mcguffin
   abort: help section not found: glossary.mcguffin
   [255]
 
   $ hg help glossary.mc.guffin
   abort: help section not found: glossary.mc.guffin
   [255]
 
   $ hg help template.files
       files         List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed by
                     this changeset.
       files(pattern)
                     All files of the current changeset matching the pattern. See
                     'hg help patterns'.
 
 Test section lookup by translated message
 
 str.lower() instead of encoding.lower(str) on translated message might
 make message meaningless, because some encoding uses 0x41(A) - 0x5a(Z)
 as the second or later byte of multi-byte character.
 
 For example, "\x8bL\x98^" (translation of "record" in ja_JP.cp932)
 contains 0x4c (L). str.lower() replaces 0x4c(L) by 0x6c(l) and this
 replacement makes message meaningless.
 
 This tests that section lookup by translated string isn't broken by
 such str.lower().
 
   $ $PYTHON <<EOF
   > def escape(s):
   >     return ''.join('\u%x' % ord(uc) for uc in s.decode('cp932'))
   > # translation of "record" in ja_JP.cp932
   > upper = "\x8bL\x98^"
   > # str.lower()-ed section name should be treated as different one
   > lower = "\x8bl\x98^"
   > with open('ambiguous.py', 'w') as fp:
   >     fp.write("""# ambiguous section names in ja_JP.cp932
   > u'''summary of extension
   > 
   > %s
   > ----
   > 
   > Upper name should show only this message
   > 
   > %s
   > ----
   > 
   > Lower name should show only this message
   > 
   > subsequent section
   > ------------------
   > 
   > This should be hidden at 'hg help ambiguous' with section name.
   > '''
   > """ % (escape(upper), escape(lower)))
   > EOF
 
   $ cat >> $HGRCPATH <<EOF
   > [extensions]
   > ambiguous = ./ambiguous.py
   > EOF
 
   $ $PYTHON <<EOF | sh
   > upper = "\x8bL\x98^"
   > print("hg --encoding cp932 help -e ambiguous.%s" % upper)
   > EOF
   \x8bL\x98^ (esc)
   ----
   
   Upper name should show only this message
   
 
   $ $PYTHON <<EOF | sh
   > lower = "\x8bl\x98^"
   > print("hg --encoding cp932 help -e ambiguous.%s" % lower)
   > EOF
   \x8bl\x98^ (esc)
   ----
   
   Lower name should show only this message
   
 
   $ cat >> $HGRCPATH <<EOF
   > [extensions]
   > ambiguous = !
   > EOF
 
 Show help content of disabled extensions
 
   $ cat >> $HGRCPATH <<EOF
   > [extensions]
   > ambiguous = !./ambiguous.py
   > EOF
   $ hg help -e ambiguous
   ambiguous extension - (no help text available)
   
   (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
 
 Test dynamic list of merge tools only shows up once
   $ hg help merge-tools
   Merge Tools
   """""""""""
   
       To merge files Mercurial uses merge tools.
   
       A merge tool combines two different versions of a file into a merged file.
       Merge tools are given the two files and the greatest common ancestor of
       the two file versions, so they can determine the changes made on both
       branches.
   
       Merge tools are used both for 'hg resolve', 'hg merge', 'hg update', 'hg
       backout' and in several extensions.
   
       Usually, the merge tool tries to automatically reconcile the files by
       combining all non-overlapping changes that occurred separately in the two
       different evolutions of the same initial base file. Furthermore, some
       interactive merge programs make it easier to manually resolve conflicting
       merges, either in a graphical way, or by inserting some conflict markers.
       Mercurial does not include any interactive merge programs but relies on
       external tools for that.
   
       Available merge tools
       =====================
   
       External merge tools and their properties are configured in the merge-
       tools configuration section - see hgrc(5) - but they can often just be
       named by their executable.
   
       A merge tool is generally usable if its executable can be found on the
       system and if it can handle the merge. The executable is found if it is an
       absolute or relative executable path or the name of an application in the
       executable search path. The tool is assumed to be able to handle the merge
       if it can handle symlinks if the file is a symlink, if it can handle
       binary files if the file is binary, and if a GUI is available if the tool
       requires a GUI.
   
       There are some internal merge tools which can be used. The internal merge
       tools are:
   
       ":dump"
         Creates three versions of the files to merge, containing the contents of
         local, other and base. These files can then be used to perform a merge
         manually. If the file to be merged is named "a.txt", these files will
         accordingly be named "a.txt.local", "a.txt.other" and "a.txt.base" and
         they will be placed in the same directory as "a.txt".
   
         This implies permerge. Therefore, files aren't dumped, if premerge runs
         successfully. Use :forcedump to forcibly write files out.
   
       ":fail"
         Rather than attempting to merge files that were modified on both
         branches, it marks them as unresolved. The resolve command must be used
         to resolve these conflicts.
   
       ":forcedump"
         Creates three versions of the files as same as :dump, but omits
         premerge.
   
       ":local"
         Uses the local 'p1()' version of files as the merged version.
   
       ":merge"
         Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging
         files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in the
         partially merged file. Markers will have two sections, one for each side
         of merge.
   
       ":merge-local"
         Like :merge, but resolve all conflicts non-interactively in favor of the
         local 'p1()' changes.
   
       ":merge-other"
         Like :merge, but resolve all conflicts non-interactively in favor of the
         other 'p2()' changes.
   
       ":merge3"
         Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging
         files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in the
         partially merged file. Marker will have three sections, one from each
         side of the merge and one for the base content.
   
       ":other"
         Uses the other 'p2()' version of files as the merged version.
   
       ":prompt"
         Asks the user which of the local 'p1()' or the other 'p2()' version to
         keep as the merged version.
   
       ":tagmerge"
         Uses the internal tag merge algorithm (experimental).
   
       ":union"
         Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging
         files. It will use both left and right sides for conflict regions. No
         markers are inserted.
   
       Internal tools are always available and do not require a GUI but will by
       default not handle symlinks or binary files.
   
       Choosing a merge tool
       =====================
   
       Mercurial uses these rules when deciding which merge tool to use:
   
       1. If a tool has been specified with the --tool option to merge or
          resolve, it is used.  If it is the name of a tool in the merge-tools
          configuration, its configuration is used. Otherwise the specified tool
          must be executable by the shell.
       2. If the "HGMERGE" environment variable is present, its value is used and
          must be executable by the shell.
       3. If the filename of the file to be merged matches any of the patterns in
          the merge-patterns configuration section, the first usable merge tool
          corresponding to a matching pattern is used. Here, binary capabilities
          of the merge tool are not considered.
       4. If ui.merge is set it will be considered next. If the value is not the
          name of a configured tool, the specified value is used and must be
          executable by the shell. Otherwise the named tool is used if it is
          usable.
       5. If any usable merge tools are present in the merge-tools configuration
          section, the one with the highest priority is used.
       6. If a program named "hgmerge" can be found on the system, it is used -
          but it will by default not be used for symlinks and binary files.
       7. If the file to be merged is not binary and is not a symlink, then
          internal ":merge" is used.
       8. Otherwise, ":prompt" is used.
   
       Note:
          After selecting a merge program, Mercurial will by default attempt to
          merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it
          doesn't succeed because of conflicting changes Mercurial will actually
          execute the merge program. Whether to use the simple merge algorithm
          first can be controlled by the premerge setting of the merge tool.
          Premerge is enabled by default unless the file is binary or a symlink.
   
       See the merge-tools and ui sections of hgrc(5) for details on the
       configuration of merge tools.
 
 Compression engines listed in `hg help bundlespec`
 
   $ hg help bundlespec | grep gzip
           "v1" bundles can only use the "gzip", "bzip2", and "none" compression
         An algorithm that produces smaller bundles than "gzip".
         This engine will likely produce smaller bundles than "gzip" but will be
       "gzip"
         better compression than "gzip". It also frequently yields better (?)
 
 Test usage of section marks in help documents
 
   $ cd "$TESTDIR"/../doc
   $ $PYTHON check-seclevel.py
   $ cd $TESTTMP
 
 #if serve
 
 Test the help pages in hgweb.
 
 Dish up an empty repo; serve it cold.
 
   $ hg init "$TESTTMP/test"
   $ hg serve -R "$TESTTMP/test" -n test -p $HGPORT -d --pid-file=hg.pid
   $ cat hg.pid >> $DAEMON_PIDS
 
   $ get-with-headers.py $LOCALIP:$HGPORT "help"
   200 Script output follows
   
   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
   <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US">
   <head>
   <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" />
   <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" />
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" />
   <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script>
   
   <title>Help: Index</title>
   </head>
   <body>
   
   <div class="container">
   <div class="menu">
   <div class="logo">
   <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/">
   <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a>
   </div>
   <ul>
   <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li>
   <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li>
   <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li>
   <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li>
   <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li>
   </ul>
   <ul>
   <li class="active">help</li>
   </ul>
   </div>
   
   <div class="main">
   <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2>
   
   <form class="search" action="/log">
   
   <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" value="" /></p>
   <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision
   number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div>
   </form>
   <table class="bigtable">
   <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="topics" href="#topics">Topics</a></h2></td></tr>
   
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/bundlespec">
   bundlespec
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Bundle File Formats
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/color">
   color
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Colorizing Outputs
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/config">
   config
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Configuration Files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/dates">
   dates
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Date Formats
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/diffs">
   diffs
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Diff Formats
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/environment">
   environment
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Environment Variables
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/extensions">
   extensions
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Using Additional Features
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/filesets">
   filesets
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Specifying File Sets
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/glossary">
   glossary
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Glossary
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/hgignore">
   hgignore
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/hgweb">
   hgweb
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Configuring hgweb
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/internals">
   internals
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Technical implementation topics
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/merge-tools">
   merge-tools
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Merge Tools
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/pager">
   pager
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Pager Support
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/patterns">
   patterns
   </a>
   </td><td>
   File Name Patterns
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/phases">
   phases
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Working with Phases
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/revisions">
   revisions
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Specifying Revisions
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/scripting">
   scripting
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Using Mercurial from scripts and automation
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/subrepos">
   subrepos
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Subrepositories
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/templating">
   templating
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Template Usage
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/urls">
   urls
   </a>
   </td><td>
   URL Paths
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/topic-containing-verbose">
   topic-containing-verbose
   </a>
   </td><td>
   This is the topic to test omit indicating.
   </td></tr>
   
   
   <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="main" href="#main">Main Commands</a></h2></td></tr>
   
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/add">
   add
   </a>
   </td><td>
   add the specified files on the next commit
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/annotate">
   annotate
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show changeset information by line for each file
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/clone">
   clone
   </a>
   </td><td>
   make a copy of an existing repository
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/commit">
   commit
   </a>
   </td><td>
   commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/diff">
   diff
   </a>
   </td><td>
   diff repository (or selected files)
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/export">
   export
   </a>
   </td><td>
   dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/forget">
   forget
   </a>
   </td><td>
   forget the specified files on the next commit
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/init">
   init
   </a>
   </td><td>
   create a new repository in the given directory
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/log">
   log
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show revision history of entire repository or files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/merge">
   merge
   </a>
   </td><td>
   merge another revision into working directory
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/pull">
   pull
   </a>
   </td><td>
   pull changes from the specified source
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/push">
   push
   </a>
   </td><td>
   push changes to the specified destination
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/remove">
   remove
   </a>
   </td><td>
   remove the specified files on the next commit
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/serve">
   serve
   </a>
   </td><td>
   start stand-alone webserver
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/status">
   status
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show changed files in the working directory
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/summary">
   summary
   </a>
   </td><td>
   summarize working directory state
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/update">
   update
   </a>
   </td><td>
   update working directory (or switch revisions)
   </td></tr>
   
   
   
   <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="other" href="#other">Other Commands</a></h2></td></tr>
   
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/addremove">
   addremove
   </a>
   </td><td>
   add all new files, delete all missing files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/archive">
   archive
   </a>
   </td><td>
   create an unversioned archive of a repository revision
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/backout">
   backout
   </a>
   </td><td>
   reverse effect of earlier changeset
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/bisect">
   bisect
   </a>
   </td><td>
   subdivision search of changesets
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/bookmarks">
   bookmarks
   </a>
   </td><td>
   create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/branch">
   branch
   </a>
   </td><td>
   set or show the current branch name
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/branches">
   branches
   </a>
   </td><td>
   list repository named branches
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/bundle">
   bundle
   </a>
   </td><td>
   create a bundle file
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/cat">
   cat
   </a>
   </td><td>
   output the current or given revision of files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/config">
   config
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show combined config settings from all hgrc files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/copy">
   copy
   </a>
   </td><td>
   mark files as copied for the next commit
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/files">
   files
   </a>
   </td><td>
   list tracked files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/graft">
   graft
   </a>
   </td><td>
   copy changes from other branches onto the current branch
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/grep">
   grep
   </a>
   </td><td>
   search revision history for a pattern in specified files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/heads">
   heads
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show branch heads
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/help">
   help
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show help for a given topic or a help overview
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/hgalias">
   hgalias
   </a>
   </td><td>
   summarize working directory state
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/identify">
   identify
   </a>
   </td><td>
   identify the working directory or specified revision
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/import">
   import
   </a>
   </td><td>
   import an ordered set of patches
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/incoming">
   incoming
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show new changesets found in source
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/manifest">
   manifest
   </a>
   </td><td>
   output the current or given revision of the project manifest
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/nohelp">
   nohelp
   </a>
   </td><td>
   (no help text available)
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/outgoing">
   outgoing
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show changesets not found in the destination
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/paths">
   paths
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show aliases for remote repositories
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/phase">
   phase
   </a>
   </td><td>
   set or show the current phase name
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/recover">
   recover
   </a>
   </td><td>
   roll back an interrupted transaction
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/rename">
   rename
   </a>
   </td><td>
   rename files; equivalent of copy + remove
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/resolve">
   resolve
   </a>
   </td><td>
   redo merges or set/view the merge status of files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/revert">
   revert
   </a>
   </td><td>
   restore files to their checkout state
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/root">
   root
   </a>
   </td><td>
   print the root (top) of the current working directory
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/shellalias">
   shellalias
   </a>
   </td><td>
   (no help text available)
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/tag">
   tag
   </a>
   </td><td>
   add one or more tags for the current or given revision
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/tags">
   tags
   </a>
   </td><td>
   list repository tags
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/unbundle">
   unbundle
   </a>
   </td><td>
   apply one or more bundle files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/verify">
   verify
   </a>
   </td><td>
   verify the integrity of the repository
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/version">
   version
   </a>
   </td><td>
   output version and copyright information
   </td></tr>
   
   
   </table>
   </div>
   </div>
   
   
   
   </body>
   </html>
   
 
   $ get-with-headers.py $LOCALIP:$HGPORT "help/add"
   200 Script output follows
   
   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
   <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US">
   <head>
   <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" />
   <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" />
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" />
   <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script>
   
   <title>Help: add</title>
   </head>
   <body>
   
   <div class="container">
   <div class="menu">
   <div class="logo">
   <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/">
   <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a>
   </div>
   <ul>
   <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li>
   <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li>
   <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li>
   <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li>
   <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li>
   </ul>
   <ul>
    <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li>
   </ul>
   </div>
   
   <div class="main">
   <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2>
   <h3>Help: add</h3>
   
   <form class="search" action="/log">
   
   <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" value="" /></p>
   <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision
   number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div>
   </form>
   <div id="doc">
   <p>
   hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]...
   </p>
   <p>
   add the specified files on the next commit
   </p>
   <p>
   Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the
   repository.
   </p>
   <p>
   The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To
   undo an add before that, see 'hg forget'.
   </p>
   <p>
   If no names are given, add all files to the repository (except
   files matching &quot;.hgignore&quot;).
   </p>
   <p>
   Examples:
   </p>
   <ul>
    <li> New (unknown) files are added   automatically by 'hg add':
   <pre>
   \$ ls (re)
   foo.c
   \$ hg status (re)
   ? foo.c
   \$ hg add (re)
   adding foo.c
   \$ hg status (re)
   A foo.c
   </pre>
    <li> Specific files to be added can be specified:
   <pre>
   \$ ls (re)
   bar.c  foo.c
   \$ hg status (re)
   ? bar.c
   ? foo.c
   \$ hg add bar.c (re)
   \$ hg status (re)
   A bar.c
   ? foo.c
   </pre>
   </ul>
   <p>
   Returns 0 if all files are successfully added.
   </p>
   <p>
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   </p>
   <table>
   <tr><td>-I</td>
   <td>--include PATTERN [+]</td>
   <td>include names matching the given patterns</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-X</td>
   <td>--exclude PATTERN [+]</td>
   <td>exclude names matching the given patterns</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-S</td>
   <td>--subrepos</td>
   <td>recurse into subrepositories</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-n</td>
   <td>--dry-run</td>
   <td>do not perform actions, just print output</td></tr>
   </table>
   <p>
   global options ([+] can be repeated):
   </p>
   <table>
   <tr><td>-R</td>
   <td>--repository REPO</td>
   <td>repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--cwd DIR</td>
   <td>change working directory</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-y</td>
   <td>--noninteractive</td>
   <td>do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-q</td>
   <td>--quiet</td>
   <td>suppress output</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-v</td>
   <td>--verbose</td>
   <td>enable additional output</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--color TYPE</td>
   <td>when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or debug)</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--config CONFIG [+]</td>
   <td>set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--debug</td>
   <td>enable debugging output</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--debugger</td>
   <td>start debugger</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--encoding ENCODE</td>
   <td>set the charset encoding (default: ascii)</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--encodingmode MODE</td>
   <td>set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--traceback</td>
   <td>always print a traceback on exception</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--time</td>
   <td>time how long the command takes</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--profile</td>
   <td>print command execution profile</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--version</td>
   <td>output version information and exit</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-h</td>
   <td>--help</td>
   <td>display help and exit</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--hidden</td>
   <td>consider hidden changesets</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--pager TYPE</td>
   <td>when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never) (default: auto)</td></tr>
   </table>
   
   </div>
   </div>
   </div>
   
   
   
   </body>
   </html>
   
 
   $ get-with-headers.py $LOCALIP:$HGPORT "help/remove"
   200 Script output follows
   
   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
   <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US">
   <head>
   <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" />
   <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" />
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" />
   <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script>
   
   <title>Help: remove</title>
   </head>
   <body>
   
   <div class="container">
   <div class="menu">
   <div class="logo">
   <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/">
   <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a>
   </div>
   <ul>
   <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li>
   <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li>
   <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li>
   <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li>
   <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li>
   </ul>
   <ul>
    <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li>
   </ul>
   </div>
   
   <div class="main">
   <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2>
   <h3>Help: remove</h3>
   
   <form class="search" action="/log">
   
   <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" value="" /></p>
   <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision
   number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div>
   </form>
   <div id="doc">
   <p>
   hg remove [OPTION]... FILE...
   </p>
   <p>
   aliases: rm
   </p>
   <p>
   remove the specified files on the next commit
   </p>
   <p>
   Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch.
   </p>
   <p>
   This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.
   To undo a remove before that, see 'hg revert'. To undo added
   files, see 'hg forget'.
   </p>
   <p>
   -A/--after can be used to remove only files that have already
   been deleted, -f/--force can be used to force deletion, and -Af
   can be used to remove files from the next revision without
   deleting them from the working directory.
   </p>
   <p>
   The following table details the behavior of remove for different
   file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file
   states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!]
   (as reported by 'hg status'). The actions are Warn, Remove
   (from branch) and Delete (from disk):
   </p>
   <table>
   <tr><td>opt/state</td>
   <td>A</td>
   <td>C</td>
   <td>M</td>
   <td>!</td></tr>
   <tr><td>none</td>
   <td>W</td>
   <td>RD</td>
   <td>W</td>
   <td>R</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-f</td>
   <td>R</td>
   <td>RD</td>
   <td>RD</td>
   <td>R</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-A</td>
   <td>W</td>
   <td>W</td>
   <td>W</td>
   <td>R</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-Af</td>
   <td>R</td>
   <td>R</td>
   <td>R</td>
   <td>R</td></tr>
   </table>
   <p>
   <b>Note:</b> 
   </p>
   <p>
   'hg remove' never deletes files in Added [A] state from the
   working directory, not even if &quot;--force&quot; is specified.
   </p>
   <p>
   Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered.
   </p>
   <p>
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   </p>
   <table>
   <tr><td>-A</td>
   <td>--after</td>
   <td>record delete for missing files</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-f</td>
   <td>--force</td>
   <td>forget added files, delete modified files</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-S</td>
   <td>--subrepos</td>
   <td>recurse into subrepositories</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-I</td>
   <td>--include PATTERN [+]</td>
   <td>include names matching the given patterns</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-X</td>
   <td>--exclude PATTERN [+]</td>
   <td>exclude names matching the given patterns</td></tr>
   </table>
   <p>
   global options ([+] can be repeated):
   </p>
   <table>
   <tr><td>-R</td>
   <td>--repository REPO</td>
   <td>repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--cwd DIR</td>
   <td>change working directory</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-y</td>
   <td>--noninteractive</td>
   <td>do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-q</td>
   <td>--quiet</td>
   <td>suppress output</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-v</td>
   <td>--verbose</td>
   <td>enable additional output</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--color TYPE</td>
   <td>when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or debug)</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--config CONFIG [+]</td>
   <td>set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--debug</td>
   <td>enable debugging output</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--debugger</td>
   <td>start debugger</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--encoding ENCODE</td>
   <td>set the charset encoding (default: ascii)</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--encodingmode MODE</td>
   <td>set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--traceback</td>
   <td>always print a traceback on exception</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--time</td>
   <td>time how long the command takes</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--profile</td>
   <td>print command execution profile</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--version</td>
   <td>output version information and exit</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-h</td>
   <td>--help</td>
   <td>display help and exit</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--hidden</td>
   <td>consider hidden changesets</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--pager TYPE</td>
   <td>when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never) (default: auto)</td></tr>
   </table>
   
   </div>
   </div>
   </div>
   
   
   
   </body>
   </html>
   
 
   $ get-with-headers.py $LOCALIP:$HGPORT "help/dates"
   200 Script output follows
   
   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
   <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US">
   <head>
   <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" />
   <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" />
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" />
   <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script>
   
   <title>Help: dates</title>
   </head>
   <body>
   
   <div class="container">
   <div class="menu">
   <div class="logo">
   <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/">
   <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a>
   </div>
   <ul>
   <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li>
   <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li>
   <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li>
   <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li>
   <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li>
   </ul>
   <ul>
    <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li>
   </ul>
   </div>
   
   <div class="main">
   <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2>
   <h3>Help: dates</h3>
   
   <form class="search" action="/log">
   
   <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" value="" /></p>
   <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision
   number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div>
   </form>
   <div id="doc">
   <h1>Date Formats</h1>
   <p>
   Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:
   </p>
   <ul>
    <li> backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.
    <li> log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.
   </ul>
   <p>
   Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples:
   </p>
   <ul>
    <li> &quot;Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006&quot; (local timezone assumed)
    <li> &quot;Dec 6 13:18 -0600&quot; (year assumed, time offset provided)
    <li> &quot;Dec 6 13:18 UTC&quot; (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)
    <li> &quot;Dec 6&quot; (midnight)
    <li> &quot;13:18&quot; (today assumed)
    <li> &quot;3:39&quot; (3:39AM assumed)
    <li> &quot;3:39pm&quot; (15:39)
    <li> &quot;2006-12-06 13:18:29&quot; (ISO 8601 format)
    <li> &quot;2006-12-6 13:18&quot;
    <li> &quot;2006-12-6&quot;
    <li> &quot;12-6&quot;
    <li> &quot;12/6&quot;
    <li> &quot;12/6/6&quot; (Dec 6 2006)
    <li> &quot;today&quot; (midnight)
    <li> &quot;yesterday&quot; (midnight)
    <li> &quot;now&quot; - right now
   </ul>
   <p>
   Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format:
   </p>
   <ul>
    <li> &quot;1165411109 0&quot; (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)
   </ul>
   <p>
   This is the internal representation format for dates. The first number
   is the number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). The
   second is the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC
   (negative if the timezone is east of UTC).
   </p>
   <p>
   The log command also accepts date ranges:
   </p>
   <ul>
    <li> &quot;&lt;DATE&quot; - at or before a given date/time
    <li> &quot;&gt;DATE&quot; - on or after a given date/time
    <li> &quot;DATE to DATE&quot; - a date range, inclusive
    <li> &quot;-DAYS&quot; - within a given number of days of today
   </ul>
   
   </div>
   </div>
   </div>
   
   
   
   </body>
   </html>
   
 
 Sub-topic indexes rendered properly
 
   $ get-with-headers.py $LOCALIP:$HGPORT "help/internals"
   200 Script output follows
   
   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
   <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US">
   <head>
   <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" />
   <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" />
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" />
   <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script>
   
   <title>Help: internals</title>
   </head>
   <body>
   
   <div class="container">
   <div class="menu">
   <div class="logo">
   <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/">
   <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a>
   </div>
   <ul>
   <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li>
   <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li>
   <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li>
   <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li>
   <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li>
   </ul>
   <ul>
   <li><a href="/help">help</a></li>
   </ul>
   </div>
   
   <div class="main">
   <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2>
   
   <form class="search" action="/log">
   
   <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" value="" /></p>
   <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision
   number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div>
   </form>
   <table class="bigtable">
   <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="topics" href="#topics">Topics</a></h2></td></tr>
   
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/internals.bundles">
   bundles
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Bundles
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/internals.censor">
   censor
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Censor
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/internals.changegroups">
   changegroups
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Changegroups
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/internals.requirements">
   requirements
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Repository Requirements
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/internals.revlogs">
   revlogs
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Revision Logs
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/internals.wireprotocol">
   wireprotocol
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Wire Protocol
   </td></tr>
   
   
   
   
   
   </table>
   </div>
   </div>
   
   
   
   </body>
   </html>
   
 
 Sub-topic topics rendered properly
 
   $ get-with-headers.py $LOCALIP:$HGPORT "help/internals.changegroups"
   200 Script output follows
   
   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
   <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US">
   <head>
   <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" />
   <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" />
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" />
   <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script>
   
   <title>Help: internals.changegroups</title>
   </head>
   <body>
   
   <div class="container">
   <div class="menu">
   <div class="logo">
   <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/">
   <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a>
   </div>
   <ul>
   <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li>
   <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li>
   <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li>
   <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li>
   <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li>
   </ul>
   <ul>
    <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li>
   </ul>
   </div>
   
   <div class="main">
   <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2>
   <h3>Help: internals.changegroups</h3>
   
   <form class="search" action="/log">
   
   <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" value="" /></p>
   <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision
   number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div>
   </form>
   <div id="doc">
   <h1>Changegroups</h1>
   <p>
   Changegroups are representations of repository revlog data, specifically
   the changelog data, root/flat manifest data, treemanifest data, and
   filelogs.
   </p>
   <p>
   There are 3 versions of changegroups: &quot;1&quot;, &quot;2&quot;, and &quot;3&quot;. From a
   high-level, versions &quot;1&quot; and &quot;2&quot; are almost exactly the same, with the
   only difference being an additional item in the *delta header*.  Version
   &quot;3&quot; adds support for revlog flags in the *delta header* and optionally
   exchanging treemanifests (enabled by setting an option on the
   &quot;changegroup&quot; part in the bundle2).
   </p>
   <p>
   Changegroups when not exchanging treemanifests consist of 3 logical
   segments:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +---------------------------------+
   |           |          |          |
   | changeset | manifest | filelogs |
   |           |          |          |
   |           |          |          |
   +---------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   When exchanging treemanifests, there are 4 logical segments:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +-------------------------------------------------+
   |           |          |               |          |
   | changeset |   root   | treemanifests | filelogs |
   |           | manifest |               |          |
   |           |          |               |          |
   +-------------------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   The principle building block of each segment is a *chunk*. A *chunk*
   is a framed piece of data:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +---------------------------------------+
   |           |                           |
   |  length   |           data            |
   | (4 bytes) |   (&lt;length - 4&gt; bytes)    |
   |           |                           |
   +---------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   All integers are big-endian signed integers. Each chunk starts with a 32-bit
   integer indicating the length of the entire chunk (including the length field
   itself).
   </p>
   <p>
   There is a special case chunk that has a value of 0 for the length
   (&quot;0x00000000&quot;). We call this an *empty chunk*.
   </p>
   <h2>Delta Groups</h2>
   <p>
   A *delta group* expresses the content of a revlog as a series of deltas,
   or patches against previous revisions.
   </p>
   <p>
   Delta groups consist of 0 or more *chunks* followed by the *empty chunk*
   to signal the end of the delta group:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +------------------------------------------------------------------------+
   |                |             |               |             |           |
   | chunk0 length  | chunk0 data | chunk1 length | chunk1 data |    0x0    |
   |   (4 bytes)    |  (various)  |   (4 bytes)   |  (various)  | (4 bytes) |
   |                |             |               |             |           |
   +------------------------------------------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   Each *chunk*'s data consists of the following:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +---------------------------------------+
   |                        |              |
   |     delta header       |  delta data  |
   |  (various by version)  |  (various)   |
   |                        |              |
   +---------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   The *delta data* is a series of *delta*s that describe a diff from an existing
   entry (either that the recipient already has, or previously specified in the
   bundle/changegroup).
   </p>
   <p>
   The *delta header* is different between versions &quot;1&quot;, &quot;2&quot;, and
   &quot;3&quot; of the changegroup format.
   </p>
   <p>
   Version 1 (headerlen=80):
   </p>
   <pre>
   +------------------------------------------------------+
   |            |             |             |             |
   |    node    |   p1 node   |   p2 node   |  link node  |
   | (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |
   |            |             |             |             |
   +------------------------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   Version 2 (headerlen=100):
   </p>
   <pre>
   +------------------------------------------------------------------+
   |            |             |             |            |            |
   |    node    |   p1 node   |   p2 node   | base node  | link node  |
   | (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) |
   |            |             |             |            |            |
   +------------------------------------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   Version 3 (headerlen=102):
   </p>
   <pre>
   +------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
   |            |             |             |            |            |           |
   |    node    |   p1 node   |   p2 node   | base node  | link node  |   flags   |
   | (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) | (2 bytes) |
   |            |             |             |            |            |           |
   +------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   The *delta data* consists of &quot;chunklen - 4 - headerlen&quot; bytes, which contain a
   series of *delta*s, densely packed (no separators). These deltas describe a diff
   from an existing entry (either that the recipient already has, or previously
   specified in the bundle/changegroup). The format is described more fully in
   &quot;hg help internals.bdiff&quot;, but briefly:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +---------------------------------------------------------------+
   |              |            |            |                      |
   | start offset | end offset | new length |        content       |
   |  (4 bytes)   |  (4 bytes) |  (4 bytes) | (&lt;new length&gt; bytes) |
   |              |            |            |                      |
   +---------------------------------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   Please note that the length field in the delta data does *not* include itself.
   </p>
   <p>
   In version 1, the delta is always applied against the previous node from
   the changegroup or the first parent if this is the first entry in the
   changegroup.
   </p>
   <p>
   In version 2 and up, the delta base node is encoded in the entry in the
   changegroup. This allows the delta to be expressed against any parent,
   which can result in smaller deltas and more efficient encoding of data.
   </p>
   <h2>Changeset Segment</h2>
   <p>
   The *changeset segment* consists of a single *delta group* holding
   changelog data. The *empty chunk* at the end of the *delta group* denotes
   the boundary to the *manifest segment*.
   </p>
   <h2>Manifest Segment</h2>
   <p>
   The *manifest segment* consists of a single *delta group* holding manifest
   data. If treemanifests are in use, it contains only the manifest for the
   root directory of the repository. Otherwise, it contains the entire
   manifest data. The *empty chunk* at the end of the *delta group* denotes
   the boundary to the next segment (either the *treemanifests segment* or the
   *filelogs segment*, depending on version and the request options).
   </p>
   <h3>Treemanifests Segment</h3>
   <p>
   The *treemanifests segment* only exists in changegroup version &quot;3&quot;, and
   only if the 'treemanifest' param is part of the bundle2 changegroup part
   (it is not possible to use changegroup version 3 outside of bundle2).
   Aside from the filenames in the *treemanifests segment* containing a
   trailing &quot;/&quot; character, it behaves identically to the *filelogs segment*
   (see below). The final sub-segment is followed by an *empty chunk* (logically,
   a sub-segment with filename size 0). This denotes the boundary to the
   *filelogs segment*.
   </p>
   <h2>Filelogs Segment</h2>
   <p>
   The *filelogs segment* consists of multiple sub-segments, each
   corresponding to an individual file whose data is being described:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +--------------------------------------------------+
   |          |          |          |     |           |
   | filelog0 | filelog1 | filelog2 | ... |    0x0    |
   |          |          |          |     | (4 bytes) |
   |          |          |          |     |           |
   +--------------------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   The final filelog sub-segment is followed by an *empty chunk* (logically,
   a sub-segment with filename size 0). This denotes the end of the segment
   and of the overall changegroup.
   </p>
   <p>
   Each filelog sub-segment consists of the following:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +------------------------------------------------------+
   |                 |                      |             |
   | filename length |       filename       | delta group |
   |    (4 bytes)    | (&lt;length - 4&gt; bytes) |  (various)  |
   |                 |                      |             |
   +------------------------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   That is, a *chunk* consisting of the filename (not terminated or padded)
   followed by N chunks constituting the *delta group* for this file. The
   *empty chunk* at the end of each *delta group* denotes the boundary to the
   next filelog sub-segment.
   </p>
   
   </div>
   </div>
   </div>
   
   
   
   </body>
   </html>
   
 
   $ killdaemons.py
 
 #endif

tests/test-qrecord.t

@@ -1,422 +1,424 b''
 Create configuration
 
   $ echo "[ui]" >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo "interactive=true" >> $HGRCPATH
 
 help record (no record)
 
   $ hg help record
   record extension - commands to interactively select changes for
   commit/qrefresh (DEPRECATED)
   
   The feature provided by this extension has been moved into core Mercurial as
   'hg commit --interactive'.
   
   (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
 
 help qrecord (no record)
 
   $ hg help qrecord
   'qrecord' is provided by the following extension:
   
       record        commands to interactively select changes for commit/qrefresh
                     (DEPRECATED)
   
   (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
 
   $ echo "[extensions]"     >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo "record="          >> $HGRCPATH
 
 help record (record)
 
   $ hg help record
   hg record [OPTION]... [FILE]...
   
   interactively select changes to commit
   
       If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by 'hg status' will be
       candidates for recording.
   
       See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
   
       If using the text interface (see 'hg help config'), you will be prompted
       for whether to record changes to each modified file, and for files with
       multiple changes, for each change to use. For each query, the following
       responses are possible:
   
         y - record this change
         n - skip this change
         e - edit this change manually
   
         s - skip remaining changes to this file
         f - record remaining changes to this file
   
         d - done, skip remaining changes and files
         a - record all changes to all remaining files
         q - quit, recording no changes
   
         ? - display help
   
       This command is not available when committing a merge.
   
   (use 'hg help -e record' to show help for the record extension)
   
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -A --addremove           mark new/missing files as added/removed before
                             committing
       --close-branch        mark a branch head as closed
       --amend               amend the parent of the working directory
    -s --secret              use the secret phase for committing
    -e --edit                invoke editor on commit messages
    -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
    -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
    -m --message TEXT        use text as commit message
    -l --logfile FILE        read commit message from file
    -d --date DATE           record the specified date as commit date
    -u --user USER           record the specified user as committer
    -S --subrepos            recurse into subrepositories
    -w --ignore-all-space    ignore white space when comparing lines
    -b --ignore-space-change ignore changes in the amount of white space
    -B --ignore-blank-lines  ignore changes whose lines are all blank
+   -Z --ignore-space-at-eol ignore changes in whitespace at EOL
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
 help (no mq, so no qrecord)
 
   $ hg help qrecord
   hg qrecord [OPTION]... PATCH [FILE]...
   
   interactively record a new patch
   
       See 'hg help qnew' & 'hg help record' for more information and usage.
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
   $ hg init a
 
 qrecord (mq not present)
 
   $ hg -R a qrecord
   hg qrecord: invalid arguments
   hg qrecord [OPTION]... PATCH [FILE]...
   
   interactively record a new patch
   
   (use 'hg qrecord -h' to show more help)
   [255]
 
 qrecord patch (mq not present)
 
   $ hg -R a qrecord patch
   abort: 'mq' extension not loaded
   [255]
 
 help (bad mq)
 
   $ echo "mq=nonexistent" >> $HGRCPATH
   $ hg help qrecord
   *** failed to import extension mq from nonexistent: [Errno *] * (glob)
   hg qrecord [OPTION]... PATCH [FILE]...
   
   interactively record a new patch
   
       See 'hg help qnew' & 'hg help record' for more information and usage.
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
 help (mq present)
 
   $ sed 's/mq=nonexistent/mq=/' $HGRCPATH > hgrc.tmp
   $ mv hgrc.tmp $HGRCPATH
 
   $ hg help qrecord
   hg qrecord [OPTION]... PATCH [FILE]...
   
   interactively record a new patch
   
       See 'hg help qnew' & 'hg help record' for more information and usage.
   
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -e --edit                invoke editor on commit messages
    -g --git                 use git extended diff format
    -U --currentuser         add "From: <current user>" to patch
    -u --user USER           add "From: <USER>" to patch
    -D --currentdate         add "Date: <current date>" to patch
    -d --date DATE           add "Date: <DATE>" to patch
    -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
    -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
    -m --message TEXT        use text as commit message
    -l --logfile FILE        read commit message from file
    -w --ignore-all-space    ignore white space when comparing lines
    -b --ignore-space-change ignore changes in the amount of white space
    -B --ignore-blank-lines  ignore changes whose lines are all blank
+   -Z --ignore-space-at-eol ignore changes in whitespace at EOL
       --mq                  operate on patch repository
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
   $ cd a
 
 Base commit
 
   $ cat > 1.txt <<EOF
   > 1
   > 2
   > 3
   > 4
   > 5
   > EOF
   $ cat > 2.txt <<EOF
   > a
   > b
   > c
   > d
   > e
   > f
   > EOF
 
   $ mkdir dir
   $ cat > dir/a.txt <<EOF
   > hello world
   > 
   > someone
   > up
   > there
   > loves
   > me
   > EOF
 
   $ hg add 1.txt 2.txt dir/a.txt
   $ hg commit -m 'initial checkin'
 
 Changing files
 
   $ sed -e 's/2/2 2/;s/4/4 4/' 1.txt > 1.txt.new
   $ sed -e 's/b/b b/' 2.txt > 2.txt.new
   $ sed -e 's/hello world/hello world!/' dir/a.txt > dir/a.txt.new
 
   $ mv -f 1.txt.new 1.txt
   $ mv -f 2.txt.new 2.txt
   $ mv -f dir/a.txt.new dir/a.txt
 
 Whole diff
 
   $ hg diff --nodates
   diff -r 1057167b20ef 1.txt
   --- a/1.txt
   +++ b/1.txt
   @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
    1
   -2
   +2 2
    3
   -4
   +4 4
    5
   diff -r 1057167b20ef 2.txt
   --- a/2.txt
   +++ b/2.txt
   @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
    a
   -b
   +b b
    c
    d
    e
   diff -r 1057167b20ef dir/a.txt
   --- a/dir/a.txt
   +++ b/dir/a.txt
   @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
   -hello world
   +hello world!
    
    someone
    up
 
 qrecord with bad patch name, should abort before prompting
 
   $ hg qrecord .hg
   abort: patch name cannot begin with ".hg"
   [255]
   $ hg qrecord ' foo'
   abort: patch name cannot begin or end with whitespace
   [255]
   $ hg qrecord 'foo '
   abort: patch name cannot begin or end with whitespace
   [255]
 
 qrecord a.patch
 
   $ hg qrecord -d '0 0' -m aaa a.patch <<EOF
   > y
   > y
   > n
   > y
   > y
   > n
   > EOF
   diff --git a/1.txt b/1.txt
   2 hunks, 2 lines changed
   examine changes to '1.txt'? [Ynesfdaq?] y
   
   @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
    1
   -2
   +2 2
    3
   record change 1/4 to '1.txt'? [Ynesfdaq?] y
   
   @@ -3,3 +3,3 @@
    3
   -4
   +4 4
    5
   record change 2/4 to '1.txt'? [Ynesfdaq?] n
   
   diff --git a/2.txt b/2.txt
   1 hunks, 1 lines changed
   examine changes to '2.txt'? [Ynesfdaq?] y
   
   @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
    a
   -b
   +b b
    c
    d
    e
   record change 3/4 to '2.txt'? [Ynesfdaq?] y
   
   diff --git a/dir/a.txt b/dir/a.txt
   1 hunks, 1 lines changed
   examine changes to 'dir/a.txt'? [Ynesfdaq?] n
   
 
 After qrecord a.patch 'tip'"
 
   $ hg tip -p
   changeset:   1:5d1ca63427ee
   tag:         a.patch
   tag:         qbase
   tag:         qtip
   tag:         tip
   user:        test
   date:        Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
   summary:     aaa
   
   diff -r 1057167b20ef -r 5d1ca63427ee 1.txt
   --- a/1.txt	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
   +++ b/1.txt	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
   @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
    1
   -2
   +2 2
    3
    4
    5
   diff -r 1057167b20ef -r 5d1ca63427ee 2.txt
   --- a/2.txt	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
   +++ b/2.txt	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
   @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
    a
   -b
   +b b
    c
    d
    e
   
 
 After qrecord a.patch 'diff'"
 
   $ hg diff --nodates
   diff -r 5d1ca63427ee 1.txt
   --- a/1.txt
   +++ b/1.txt
   @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
    1
    2 2
    3
   -4
   +4 4
    5
   diff -r 5d1ca63427ee dir/a.txt
   --- a/dir/a.txt
   +++ b/dir/a.txt
   @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
   -hello world
   +hello world!
    
    someone
    up
 
 qrecord b.patch
 
   $ hg qrecord -d '0 0' -m bbb b.patch <<EOF
   > y
   > y
   > y
   > y
   > EOF
   diff --git a/1.txt b/1.txt
   1 hunks, 1 lines changed
   examine changes to '1.txt'? [Ynesfdaq?] y
   
   @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
    1
    2 2
    3
   -4
   +4 4
    5
   record change 1/2 to '1.txt'? [Ynesfdaq?] y
   
   diff --git a/dir/a.txt b/dir/a.txt
   1 hunks, 1 lines changed
   examine changes to 'dir/a.txt'? [Ynesfdaq?] y
   
   @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
   -hello world
   +hello world!
    
    someone
    up
   record change 2/2 to 'dir/a.txt'? [Ynesfdaq?] y
   
 
 After qrecord b.patch 'tip'
 
   $ hg tip -p
   changeset:   2:b056198bf878
   tag:         b.patch
   tag:         qtip
   tag:         tip
   user:        test
   date:        Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
   summary:     bbb
   
   diff -r 5d1ca63427ee -r b056198bf878 1.txt
   --- a/1.txt	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
   +++ b/1.txt	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
   @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
    1
    2 2
    3
   -4
   +4 4
    5
   diff -r 5d1ca63427ee -r b056198bf878 dir/a.txt
   --- a/dir/a.txt	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
   +++ b/dir/a.txt	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
   @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
   -hello world
   +hello world!
    
    someone
    up
   
 
 After qrecord b.patch 'diff'
 
   $ hg diff --nodates
 
   $ cd ..

tests/test-record.t

@@ -1,91 +1,92 b''
 Set up a repo
 
   $ cat <<EOF >> $HGRCPATH
   > [ui]
   > interactive = true
   > [extensions]
   > record =
   > EOF
 
   $ hg init a
   $ cd a
 
 Record help
 
   $ hg record -h
   hg record [OPTION]... [FILE]...
   
   interactively select changes to commit
   
       If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by 'hg status' will be
       candidates for recording.
   
       See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
   
       If using the text interface (see 'hg help config'), you will be prompted
       for whether to record changes to each modified file, and for files with
       multiple changes, for each change to use. For each query, the following
       responses are possible:
   
         y - record this change
         n - skip this change
         e - edit this change manually
   
         s - skip remaining changes to this file
         f - record remaining changes to this file
   
         d - done, skip remaining changes and files
         a - record all changes to all remaining files
         q - quit, recording no changes
   
         ? - display help
   
       This command is not available when committing a merge.
   
   (use 'hg help -e record' to show help for the record extension)
   
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -A --addremove           mark new/missing files as added/removed before
                             committing
       --close-branch        mark a branch head as closed
       --amend               amend the parent of the working directory
    -s --secret              use the secret phase for committing
    -e --edit                invoke editor on commit messages
    -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
    -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
    -m --message TEXT        use text as commit message
    -l --logfile FILE        read commit message from file
    -d --date DATE           record the specified date as commit date
    -u --user USER           record the specified user as committer
    -S --subrepos            recurse into subrepositories
    -w --ignore-all-space    ignore white space when comparing lines
    -b --ignore-space-change ignore changes in the amount of white space
    -B --ignore-blank-lines  ignore changes whose lines are all blank
+   -Z --ignore-space-at-eol ignore changes in whitespace at EOL
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
 Select no files
 
   $ touch empty-rw
   $ hg add empty-rw
 
   $ hg record empty-rw<<EOF
   > n
   > EOF
   diff --git a/empty-rw b/empty-rw
   new file mode 100644
   examine changes to 'empty-rw'? [Ynesfdaq?] n
   
   no changes to record
   [1]
 
   $ hg tip -p
   changeset:   -1:000000000000
   tag:         tip
   user:        
   date:        Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000